WO2023106101A1 - Resin composition - Google Patents

Resin composition Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023106101A1
WO2023106101A1 PCT/JP2022/043286 JP2022043286W WO2023106101A1 WO 2023106101 A1 WO2023106101 A1 WO 2023106101A1 JP 2022043286 W JP2022043286 W JP 2022043286W WO 2023106101 A1 WO2023106101 A1 WO 2023106101A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
resin composition
film
composition according
formula
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2022/043286
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
浩司 荻野
崇洋 坂口
秀則 石井
貴文 遠藤
有輝 星野
Original Assignee
日産化学株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日産化学株式会社 filed Critical 日産化学株式会社
Publication of WO2023106101A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023106101A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F290/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers modified by introduction of aliphatic unsaturated end or side groups
    • C08F290/08Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers modified by introduction of aliphatic unsaturated end or side groups on to polymers modified by introduction of unsaturated side groups
    • C08F290/14Polymers provided for in subclass C08G
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/16Nitrogen-containing compounds
    • C08K5/34Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen in the ring
    • C08K5/3467Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen in the ring having more than two nitrogen atoms in the ring
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L79/00Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon only, not provided for in groups C08L61/00 - C08L77/00
    • C08L79/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/032Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders
    • G03F7/037Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders the binders being polyamides or polyimides
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a resin composition, a resin film obtained from the resin composition, a photosensitive resist film using the photosensitive resin composition, a method for manufacturing a substrate with a cured relief pattern, and a semiconductor device.
  • Patent Document 2 When forming an insulating film or the like from a resin composition containing a polyimide-based resin, if the insulating film or the like is formed on metal wiring (for example, copper wiring, copper alloy wiring, etc.), adhesion may be reduced. Therefore, it has been proposed to incorporate triazole or a derivative thereof into a photosensitive polyimide resin composition in order to suppress the decrease in adhesion (Patent Document 2).
  • Patent Document 3 when forming an insulating film or the like from a resin composition containing a polyimide-based resin, if the insulating film or the like is formed on metal wiring (for example, copper or copper alloy wiring), the metal wiring may be oxidized. Therefore, in order to suppress the oxidation of the metal wiring, it has been proposed to incorporate an antioxidant such as a phenolic antioxidant into the polyimide resin composition (Patent Document 3).
  • an antioxidant such as a phenolic antioxidant
  • JP 2012-194520 A Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2005-010360 International Publication No. 2015/020020 Pamphlet
  • an object of the present invention is to provide a resin composition capable of obtaining a film having both excellent adhesion, excellent antioxidant properties, and low dielectric loss tangent on a substrate having metal wiring on its surface, and the resin composition.
  • the object of the present invention is to provide a resin film obtained from (1), a photosensitive resist film using the resin composition, a method for producing a substrate with a cured relief pattern, and a semiconductor device.
  • a resin composition containing polyimide or the like contains a compound represented by the following formula (A), whereby metal wiring is formed on the surface.
  • the present inventors have completed the present invention based on the finding that a resin composition can be obtained on a substrate having the above-described properties, which can provide a film having excellent adhesion, excellent antioxidant properties, and a low dielectric loss tangent.
  • a resin composition comprising at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimide, polybenzoxazole, and precursors thereof, a compound represented by the following formula (A), and a solvent.
  • R a represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a methylol group, or an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • R b represents an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • m represents an integer of 0 to 3
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 4, and the maximum sum of m and n is 4.
  • the resin composition according to [1] wherein the resin is at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimides and precursors thereof.
  • the resin is a polyimide having structural units represented by the following formulas (1-a) and (1-b-1) or the following formulas (3) and (1-b-2)
  • Ar 1 represents a tetravalent organic group
  • X 11 represents a divalent organic group having a photopolymerizable group.
  • Ar 3 represents a tetravalent organic group
  • L 1 and L 2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group
  • X 12 represents a divalent represents an organic group
  • at least one of L 1 , L 2 and X 12 has a photopolymerizable group.
  • V 1 represents a direct bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond, or a urea bond
  • W 1 represents an oxygen atom or an NH group
  • R 15 represents a direct bond, or represents an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a hydroxyl group
  • R 16 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • * represents a bond.
  • [5] The resin composition according to [4], wherein V 1 in formula (9-a) represents an ester bond, and W 1 represents an oxygen atom.
  • R 15 in formula (9-a) represents a 1,2-ethylene group.
  • [12] The resin composition according to any one of [1] to [11], which is used for forming an insulating film.
  • [13] The resin composition according to any one of [1] to [12], which is a photosensitive resin composition.
  • [14] The resin composition according to any one of [1] to [13], which is a negative photosensitive resin composition.
  • [15] A resin film which is a baked product of the coating film of the resin composition according to any one of [1] to [14].
  • [16] The resin film according to [15], which is an insulating film.
  • a photosensitive resist film comprising a base film, a photosensitive resin layer formed from the resin composition according to [13] or [14], and a cover film.
  • [18] (1) A step of applying the resin composition according to [13] or [14] onto a substrate to form a photosensitive resin layer on the substrate; (2) exposing the photosensitive resin layer; (3) developing the exposed photosensitive resin layer to form a relief pattern; (4) heat-treating the relief pattern to form a cured relief pattern; A method of manufacturing a cured relief patterned substrate, comprising: [19] The method for producing a cured relief patterned substrate according to [18], wherein in the step (1), the resin composition is applied to the substrate having metal wiring on its surface. [20] The method for producing a cured relief patterned substrate according to [18] or [19], wherein the developer used for the development is an organic solvent.
  • a semiconductor device comprising a semiconductor element and a cured film provided above or below the semiconductor element, wherein the cured film is formed from the resin composition according to any one of [1] to [14].
  • the resin composition is a photosensitive resin composition, The semiconductor device according to [22], wherein the cured film is a cured relief pattern formed from the photosensitive resin composition.
  • a resin composition capable of obtaining a film having both excellent adhesion, excellent antioxidation properties, and low dielectric loss tangent on a substrate having metal wiring on its surface, and a resin film obtained from the resin composition.
  • a photosensitive resist film using the resin composition a method for producing a substrate with a cured relief pattern, and a semiconductor device are obtained.
  • the resin composition of the present invention contains at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimide, polybenzoxazole and precursors thereof, a compound represented by formula (A), and a solvent.
  • the resin composition contains at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimide, polybenzoxazole, and precursors thereof (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "polyimide, etc.”).
  • Polyimide or the like preferably has a photopolymerizable group in terms of imparting photosensitivity when the resin composition is used as a photosensitive resin composition, more preferably has a polymerizable unsaturated group, (meth) Having an acryloyl group is even more preferable, and having a divalent organic group represented by the following formula (9-a) is particularly preferable.
  • V 1 is a direct bond, an ether bond (-O-), an ester bond (-COO-), an amide bond (-NHCO-), a urethane bond (-NHCOO-), or a urea bond (-NHCONH-),
  • W 1 represents an oxygen atom or an NH group
  • R 15 represents a direct bond or an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a hydroxyl group
  • R 16 represents hydrogen represents an atom or a methyl group
  • * represents a bond.
  • polyimide and its precursor examples include polyimides, polyamic acids, polyamic acid esters, and the like.
  • polyimides examples include the following polyimides (1).
  • polyamic acids examples include the following polyamic acids (2).
  • polyamic acid esters examples include the following polyamic acid ester (3).
  • Polyimide (1) is a polyimide having structural units represented by the following formulas (1-a) and (1-b).
  • the polyamic acid (2) is a polyamic acid having structural units represented by the following formula (2) and the following formula (1-b).
  • the polyamic acid ester (3) is a polyamic acid ester having structural units represented by the following formula (3) and the following formula (1-b).
  • Ar 1 represents a tetravalent organic group.
  • X represents a divalent organic group.
  • Ar 2 represents a tetravalent organic group.
  • Ar 3 represents a tetravalent organic group, and L 1 and L 2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group.
  • polyimide is polyimide having structural units represented by formula (1-a) and formula (1-b-1) below.
  • An example of the polyimide precursor is a polyimide precursor having structural units represented by formula (3) and formula (1-b-2) below.
  • at least one of L 1 , L 2 and X 12 has a photopolymerizable group.
  • X 11 represents a divalent organic group having a photopolymerizable group.
  • X 12 represents a divalent organic group.
  • Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 each represent a tetravalent organic group.
  • the tetravalent organic group is not particularly limited. tetravalent organic groups derived from group tetracarboxylic dianhydrides, and the like. As the tetravalent organic group, a tetravalent organic group having three or more aromatic rings is preferable in that a film having a lower dielectric loss tangent can be obtained.
  • the number of aromatic rings possessed by Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 is preferably 3 or more, more preferably 4 or more, in that a film having a lower dielectric loss tangent can be obtained.
  • the upper limit of the number of aromatic rings is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 8 or less, or 6 or less.
  • Aromatic rings include aromatic hydrocarbon rings, aromatic heterocycles, and the like.
  • Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 preferably represent a tetravalent organic group represented by the following formula (4) from the viewpoint of suitably obtaining the effects of the present invention.
  • X 1 and X 2 are each independently a direct bond, an ether bond (-O-), an ester bond (-COO-), an amide bond (-NHCO-), a urethane bond (-NHCOO-) , represents a urea bond (-NHCONH-), a thioether bond (-S-) or a sulfonyl bond (-SO 2 -).
  • R a1 and R a2 each independently represent an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • Z 1 represents a divalent organic group represented by the following formula (5-a), (5-b) or (5-c) below.
  • n1 and n2 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3; When there are multiple R a1 s , the multiple R a1s may be the same or different. When R a2 is plural, the plural R a2 may be the same or different. * represents a bond. ]
  • Examples of optionally substituted alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in R a1 and R a2 in formula (4) include alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group and hexyl group.
  • alkyl groups and alkylene groups may be linear, branched, or cyclic, unless otherwise specified for their structure.
  • substituents on the optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a mercapto group, a carboxy group, a cyano group, a formyl group, a haloformyl group, a sulfo group, an amino group, nitro group, nitroso group, oxo group, thioxy group, alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and the like.
  • the "1 to 6 carbon atoms" of the "optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms" refers to the number of carbon atoms in the "alkyl group” excluding substituents. Also, the number of substituents is not particularly limited.
  • R 3 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms
  • m 1 represents 0 to 4 represents an integer of When m1 is 2 or more, R3 may be the same or different.
  • Z 2 represents a direct bond or a divalent organic group represented by formula (6-a) or (6-b) below
  • R 4 and R 5 are each independent represents an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms
  • m 2 and m 3 are each independently an integer of 0 to 4. show.
  • R4 When m2 is 2 or more, R4 may be the same or different. When m3 is 2 or more, R5 may be the same or different.
  • R 6 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and m 4 represents 0 to 6 represents an integer. When m4 is 2 or more, R6 may be the same or different. * represents a bond. ]
  • R 7 and R 8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom.
  • R 9 and R 10 are each independently an optionally substituted alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or an optionally substituted arylene group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms. show. * represents a bond.
  • Z 1 preferably represents a divalent organic group represented by formula (5-b) from the viewpoint of favorably obtaining the effects of the present invention.
  • alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with halogen atoms for R 7 and R 8 include alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and halogenated alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. etc.
  • alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group and hexyl group.
  • the halogen atom in the halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom and iodine atom.
  • a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms may be partially or completely halogenated.
  • substituents on the optionally substituted alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in R 9 and R 10 include a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a mercapto group, a carboxy group, a cyano group, a formyl group, a haloformyl group, sulfo group, amino group, nitro group, nitroso group, oxo group, thioxy group, alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and the like.
  • substituents on the optionally substituted alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include alkylene groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and halogenated alkylene groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms examples include methylene group, ethylene group, propylene group and butylene group.
  • the "1 to 6 carbon atoms" of the "optionally substituted alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms” refers to the number of carbon atoms in the "alkylene group” excluding substituents. Also, the number of substituents is not particularly limited.
  • substituents on the optionally substituted arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms in R 9 and R 10 include a halogen atom, an optionally halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, halogen and an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted. Halogenation may be partially or wholly.
  • the arylene group includes, for example, a phenylene group and a naphthylene group.
  • the "6 to 10 carbon atoms" of the "optionally substituted arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms" refers to the number of carbon atoms in the "arylene group” excluding substituents. Also, the number of substituents is not particularly limited.
  • Examples of the divalent organic group represented by formula (6-a) include divalent organic groups represented by the following formulas.
  • * represents a bond.
  • Examples of the divalent organic group represented by formula (6-b) include divalent organic groups represented by the following formulas.
  • R 31 to R 33 are each independently a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom, or a 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom represents an alkoxy group.
  • n31 represents an integer of 0-5.
  • n32 and n33 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4; When R 31 is plural, the plural R 31 may be the same or different.
  • R 32 is plural, the plural R 32 may be the same or different.
  • R 33 is plural, the plural R 33 may be the same or different.
  • * represents a bond.
  • alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with halogen atoms for R 31 to R 33 include alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and halogen having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • alkyl group examples include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group and hexyl group.
  • the halogen atom in the halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom and iodine atom.
  • a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms may be partially or completely halogenated.
  • alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom for R 31 to R 33 are an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom. based on.
  • Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 include, for example, tetravalent organic groups represented by the following formulae.
  • * represents a bond.
  • Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 may be, for example, tetravalent organic groups represented by the following formulas.
  • * represents a bond.
  • X represents a divalent organic group.
  • X represents, for example, a divalent aromatic group having a photopolymerizable group.
  • X11 represents a divalent organic group having a photopolymerizable group.
  • X 11 represents, for example, a divalent aromatic group having a photopolymerizable group.
  • X 12 represents a divalent organic group.
  • X 12 has, for example, a photopolymerizable group.
  • X 12 represents, for example, a divalent organic group having a photopolymerizable group.
  • X 12 represents, for example, a divalent aromatic group having a photopolymerizable group.
  • photopolymerizable groups examples include radically polymerizable groups, cationic polymerizable groups, and anionically polymerizable groups. Among these, a radically polymerizable group is preferred.
  • examples of radically polymerizable groups include acryloyl groups, methacryloyl groups, propenyl ether groups, vinyl ether groups, and vinyl groups.
  • Examples of the aromatic ring in the divalent aromatic group having a photopolymerizable group include benzene ring, naphthalene ring, and anthracene ring.
  • a divalent aromatic group having a photopolymerizable group is, for example, a residue obtained by removing two amino groups from an aromatic diamine compound having a photopolymerizable group.
  • a divalent organic group represented by the following formula (9-a) is preferable.
  • V 1 is a direct bond, an ether bond (-O-), an ester bond (-COO-), an amide bond (-NHCO-), a urethane bond (-NHCOO-), or a urea bond (—NHCONH—)
  • W 1 represents an oxygen atom or an NH group
  • R 15 represents a direct bond or an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a hydroxyl group
  • R 16 represents hydrogen represents an atom or a methyl group
  • * represents a bond.
  • the two bonds in formula (9-a) are, for example, bonds that bond to a nitrogen atom.
  • the alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a hydroxyl group includes, for example, 1,1-ethylene group, 1,2-ethylene group, 1,2-propylene group, 1, 3-propylene group, 1,4-butylene group, 1,2-butylene group, 2,3-butylene group, 1,2-pentylene group, 2,4-pentylene group, 1,2-hexylene group, 1, 2-cyclopropylene group, 1,2-cyclobutylene group, 1,3-cyclobutylene group, 1,2-cyclopentylene group, 1,2-cyclohexylene group, at least part of these hydrogen atoms are hydroxyl groups and an alkylene group substituted with (eg, 2-hydroxy-1,3-propylene group).
  • V 1 preferably represents an ester bond (--COO--).
  • W1 preferably represents an oxygen atom.
  • R 15 preferably represents a 1,2-ethylene group.
  • divalent organic group represented by formula (9-a) examples include divalent organic groups represented by the following formulas.
  • * represents a bond.
  • the two bonds are, for example, positioned meta to the substituent having a photopolymerizable group.
  • X and X12 preferably represent a divalent organic group having three or more aromatic rings from the viewpoint of obtaining a film with a lower dielectric loss tangent.
  • the divalent organic group having three or more aromatic rings as used herein refers to an organic group different from the divalent aromatic group having a photopolymerizable group.
  • a divalent organic group having three or more aromatic rings is, for example, a residue obtained by removing two amino groups from an aromatic diamine compound having three or more aromatic rings.
  • the number of aromatic rings in the divalent organic group having 3 or more aromatic rings is not particularly limited as long as it is 3 or more, but may be 4 or more, for example.
  • the upper limit of the number of aromatic rings is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 8 or less, or 6 or less.
  • the divalent organic group having three or more aromatic rings is not particularly limited, it is preferably a divalent organic group represented by the following formula (13).
  • X 21 and X 22 are each independently a direct bond, an ether bond (-O-), an ester bond (-COO-), an amide bond (-NHCO-), a urethane bond (-NHCOO-) , represents a urea bond (-NHCONH-), a thioether bond (-S-) or a sulfonyl bond (-SO 2 -).
  • R 21 and R 22 each independently represent an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • Y 20 represents a divalent organic group represented by the formula (5-a), the formula (5-b) or the formula (5-c).
  • n21 and n22 each independently represents an integer of 0 to 4; When R 21 is plural, the plural R 21 may be the same or different. When R 22 is plural, the plural R 22 may be the same or different. * represents a bond. ]
  • the optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in R 21 and R 22 in formula (13) includes, for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group and hexyl group.
  • alkyl groups and alkylene groups may be linear, branched, or cyclic, unless otherwise specified for their structure.
  • substituents on the optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a mercapto group, a carboxy group, a cyano group, a formyl group, a haloformyl group, a sulfo group, an amino group, nitro group, nitroso group, oxo group, thioxy group, alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and the like.
  • the "1 to 6 carbon atoms" of the "optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms" refers to the number of carbon atoms in the "alkyl group” excluding substituents. Also, the number of substituents is not particularly limited.
  • divalent organic groups having three or more aromatic rings examples include divalent organic groups represented by the following formulae.
  • * represents a bond.
  • divalent organic groups include, for example, divalent organic groups represented by the following formulas. These divalent organic groups are, for example, residues obtained by removing two amino groups from diamine. In the formula, * represents a bond.
  • L 1 and L 2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group.
  • Monovalent organic groups include, for example, alkyl groups having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. Examples of alkyl groups having 1 to 30 carbon atoms include straight-chain alkyl groups, branched-chain alkyl groups and alicyclic alkyl groups. Linear alkyl groups having 1 to 30 carbon atoms include, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group (amyl group), hexyl group, heptyl group, octyl group, nonyl group and decyl group.
  • undecyl group dodecyl group (lauryl group), tridecyl group, tetradecyl group (myristyl group), pentadecyl group, hexadecyl group (palmityl group), heptadecyl group (margaryl group), octadecyl group (stearyl group), nonadecyl group, icosyl group (arachyl group), henicosyl group, docosyl group (behenyl group), tricosyl group, tetracosyl group (lignoceryl group), pentacosyl group, hexacosyl group, heptacosyl group and the like.
  • Branched alkyl groups having 1 to 30 carbon atoms include, for example, isopropyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, isopentyl group, neopentyl group, tert-pentyl group, sec-isoamyl group and isohexyl.
  • neohexyl group 4-methylhexyl group, 5-methylhexyl group, 1-ethylhexyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, 3-ethylhexyl group, 4-ethylhexyl group, 2-ethylpentyl group, heptane-3-yl group, heptane-4-yl group, 4-methylhexan-2-yl group, 3-methylhexan-3-yl group, 2,3-dimethylpentan-2-yl group, 2,4-dimethylpentane-2- yl group, 4,4-dimethylpentan-2-yl group, 6-methylheptyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, octan-2-yl group, 6-methylheptan-2-yl group, 6-methyloctyl group, 3 , 5,5-trimethylhexyl group, nonan-4-yl group, 2,6-dimethylheptan
  • Examples of alicyclic alkyl groups having 1 to 30 carbon atoms include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 4-tert-butylcyclohexyl, 1,6-dimethylcyclohexyl and menthyl groups.
  • cycloheptyl group, cyclooctyl group bicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl group, bornyl group, isobornyl group, 1-adamantyl group, 2-adamantyl group, tricyclo[5.2.1.0 2 ,6 ]decan-4-yl group, tricyclo[5.2.1.0 2,6 ]decan-8-yl group, cyclododecyl group and the like.
  • L 1 and L 2 may have a photopolymerizable group. That is, L 1 and L 2 may be monovalent organic groups having photopolymerizable groups.
  • Photopolymerizable groups include, for example, radically polymerizable groups, cationic polymerizable groups, and anionically polymerizable groups. Among these, a radically polymerizable group is preferred. Examples of radically polymerizable groups include acryloyl groups, methacryloyl groups, propenyl ether groups, vinyl ether groups, and vinyl groups.
  • a monovalent organic group represented by the following formula (9-b) is preferable.
  • W 2 represents an oxygen atom or an NH group
  • R 17 represents a direct bond or an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a hydroxyl group
  • R 18 represents represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • * represents a bond.
  • W2 preferably represents an oxygen atom.
  • R 17 preferably represents a 1,2-ethylene group.
  • Polyimide (1) is, for example, an imidized polyamic acid that is a reaction product of a diamine component and a tetracarboxylic acid derivative.
  • the imidization rate of polyimide (1) need not be 100%.
  • the imidization rate of polyimide (1) may be, for example, 90% or more, 95% or more, or 98% or more.
  • Polyamic acid (2) is, for example, a reaction product of a diamine component and a tetracarboxylic acid derivative.
  • Polyamic acid ester (3) is, for example, a reaction product of a diamine component and a tetracarboxylic acid diester.
  • examples of tetracarboxylic acid derivatives include tetracarboxylic acids, tetracarboxylic acid diesters, tetracarboxylic acid dihalides, tetracarboxylic acid dianhydrides, and the like.
  • the method for producing the polyimide and its precursor is not particularly limited, and includes, for example, a known method in which a diamine component and a tetracarboxylic acid derivative are reacted to obtain a polyamic acid, a polyamic acid ester, or a polyimide.
  • Polyamic acids, polyamic acid esters and polyimides can be synthesized by known methods such as those described in WO2013/157586.
  • a polyamic acid or a polyamic acid ester is produced, for example, by reacting (condensation polymerization) a diamine component and a tetracarboxylic acid derivative in a solvent.
  • solvents include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, ⁇ -butyrolactone, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-dimethylpropionamide, N,N-dimethylisobutyric acid amide, dimethylsulfoxide, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone.
  • the polymer has high solvent solubility, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone, or the following formulas [D-1] to [D-3] Any of the indicated solvents can be used.
  • D 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
  • D 2 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
  • -3 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • solvents may be used alone or in combination. Further, even a solvent that does not dissolve the polyamic acid may be mixed with the above solvent and used within the range that the polyamic acid or the polyamic acid ester does not precipitate.
  • the reaction can be carried out at any concentration, preferably 1% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass to 30% by mass. is.
  • the initial stage of the reaction can be carried out at a high concentration, and then the solvent can be added.
  • the ratio of the total number of moles of the diamine component to the total number of moles of the tetracarboxylic acid derivative is preferably 0.8 to 1.2. Similar to a normal polycondensation reaction, the closer this molar ratio is to 1.0, the greater the molecular weight of the polyamic acid produced.
  • thermal polymerization inhibitor When reacting the diamine component and the tetracarboxylic acid derivative, a thermal polymerization inhibitor may be added to the reaction system in order to avoid polymerization of the photopolymerizable group.
  • thermal polymerization inhibitors include hydroquinone, 4-methoxyphenol, N-nitrosodiphenylamine, p-tert-butylcatechol, phenothiazine, N-phenylnaphthylamine, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, 1,2-cyclohexanediaminetetraacetic acid, and glycol ether.
  • thermal polymerization inhibitor to be used is not particularly limited.
  • Polyimide is obtained by dehydrating and ring-closing the polyamic acid obtained by the above reaction.
  • Methods for obtaining polyimide include thermal imidization in which the polyamic acid solution obtained by the above reaction is heated as it is, and chemical imidization in which a catalyst is added to the polyamic acid solution.
  • the temperature for thermal imidization in a solution is 100° C. to 400° C., preferably 120° C. to 250° C. It is preferable to remove water generated by the imidization reaction from the system.
  • the chemical imidization is carried out by adding a basic catalyst and an acid anhydride to the polyamic acid solution obtained by the reaction and stirring at -20°C to 250°C, preferably 0°C to 180°C. can be done.
  • the amount of the basic catalyst is 0.1 to 30 times the moles of the amic acid groups, preferably 0.2 to 20 times the moles, and the amount of the acid anhydride is 1 to 50 times the moles of the amic acid groups. times, preferably 1.5- to 30-fold.
  • Examples of basic catalysts include pyridine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, tributylamine, and trioctylamine. Among them, triethylamine is preferred because polyisoimide as a by-product is less likely to form.
  • Examples of the acid anhydride include acetic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, and pyromellitic anhydride. Among them, acetic anhydride is preferable because purification after completion of the reaction is facilitated.
  • the rate of imidization by chemical imidization (ratio of repeating units to be ring-closed to all repeating units of the polyimide precursor, also referred to as rate of ring closure) can be controlled by adjusting the amount of catalyst, reaction temperature, and reaction time. can.
  • the reaction solution may be put into a solvent to precipitate.
  • Solvents used for precipitation include methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, acetone, hexane, butyl cellosolve, heptane, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, toluene, benzene, and water.
  • the polymer precipitated by putting it into a solvent can be filtered and recovered, and then dried at room temperature or under heat under normal pressure or reduced pressure.
  • the polyimide and its precursor may be end-sealed.
  • a method for terminal blocking is not particularly limited, and for example, a conventionally known method using a monoamine or an acid anhydride can be used.
  • Polybenzoxazole is not particularly limited as long as it is a polymer containing benzoxazole in the repeating unit, and may be a copolymer having other repeating units.
  • Polybenzoxazole can be obtained, for example, by dehydrating and ring-closing a dicarboxylic acid and a bisaminophenol compound as a diamine through a reaction using polyphosphoric acid.
  • Polybenzoxazole can be obtained, for example, by subjecting polyhydroxyamide to dehydration and ring closure by heating or by reaction with phosphoric anhydride, a base, or a carbodiimide compound.
  • the precursor of polybenzoxazole is not particularly limited as long as it is a polymer containing a structural unit providing a benzoxazole unit, and may be a copolymer having other repeating units.
  • a polybenzoxazole precursor can be obtained, for example, by reacting a dicarboxylic acid, a corresponding dicarboxylic acid dichloride, or a dicarboxylic acid active diester with a diamine such as a bisaminophenol compound.
  • Polybenzoxazole precursors include, for example, polyhydroxyamides.
  • the polybenzoxazole and its precursor preferably have a polymerizable unsaturated group.
  • polymerizable unsaturated groups include (meth)acryloyl groups.
  • the weight average molecular weight of polyimide or the like is not particularly limited, but the weight average molecular weight measured in terms of polyethylene oxide by gel permeation chromatography (hereinafter abbreviated as GPC in this specification) is 5,000 to 100, 000 is preferred, 7,000 to 50,000 is more preferred, 10,000 to 50,000 is even more preferred, and 10,000 to 40,000 is particularly preferred.
  • GPC gel permeation chromatography
  • the resin composition contains a compound represented by the following formula (A).
  • a film having excellent adhesion, excellent antioxidant properties, and low dielectric loss tangent on a substrate having metal wiring on its surface by including the compound represented by formula (A) in a resin composition containing polyimide or the like. is obtained.
  • the present inventors have made intensive studies to obtain a resin composition that can provide a film having both excellent adhesion, excellent antioxidant properties, and low dielectric loss tangent on a substrate having metal wiring on its surface.
  • triazole compounds e.g., 5-methyl-1H-benzotriazole, etc.
  • phenolic antioxidants e.g., IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114, etc.
  • silane coupling agents e.g., KBM-5103, etc.
  • Triazine-based metal ion scavengers for example, 2,4-diamino-6-butylamino-1,3,5-triazine, 2,4-diamino-6-diallylamino-1,3,5-triazine, 6-( Dibutylamino)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4-dithiol, etc.
  • R a represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a methylol group, or an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • R b represents an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • m represents an integer of 0 to 3
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 4, and the maximum sum of m and n is 4.
  • the alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • alkyl groups having 1 to 30 carbon atoms include linear alkyl groups, branched alkyl groups and cyclic alkyl groups.
  • Linear alkyl groups include, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, heptyl group, octyl group, nonyl group, decyl group, undecyl group, dodecyl group, tridecyl group and tetradecyl group.
  • Branched alkyl groups include, for example, isopropyl group, isobutyl group, isovaleryl group, isohexyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, 3-ethylheptyl group, 2-ethyloctyl group, 3-ethyldecyl group, 2-hexyldecyl group, 2- hexylundecyl group, 2-octyldecyl group, 2-octyldodecyl group, 2-decyldodecyl group, 2-decyltetradecyl group, 2-decylhexadecyl group, 3-hexyldecyl group, 3-octyldecyl group, 3 -octyldodecyl group, 3-decyltetradecyl group, 3-decylhexadecyl group, 4-hexyldecyl group, 4-oct
  • Cyclic alkyl groups include, for example, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, a 3-decylcyclopentyl group, a 4-decylcyclohexyl group and the like.
  • the compounds represented by formula (A) can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • Ra is preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • m is preferably 0.
  • n is preferably 1.
  • Compounds represented by formula (A) include 1H-benzotriazole-5-carboxylic acid (5-carboxybenzotriazole), 1H-benzotriazole-4-carboxylic acid (4-carboxybenzotriazole), and combinations thereof. is preferred.
  • the compound represented by formula (A) may be a commercial product.
  • Commercially available products include, for example, CBT-5 and CBT-SG manufactured by Johoku Kagaku Kogyo Co., Ltd., and VERZONE [registered trademark] C-BTA manufactured by Daiwa Kasei Co., Ltd.
  • the content of the compound represented by the formula (A) in the resin composition is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of suitably obtaining the effects of the present invention, it is 0.1 parts by mass or more per 100 parts by mass of polyimide or the like. 20 parts by mass is preferable, 0.3 to 10 parts by mass is more preferable, and 0.5 to 5 parts by mass is particularly preferable.
  • solvent contained in the resin composition it is preferable to use an organic solvent from the viewpoint of solubility in polyimide and the like.
  • an organic solvent from the viewpoint of solubility in polyimide and the like.
  • N,N-dimethylformamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-dimethylpropionamide, N,N-dimethylisobutyric acid amide dimethyl sulfoxide, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, ⁇ -butyrolactone, ⁇ -acetyl- ⁇ -butyrolactone, tetramethylurea, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolinone, N-cyclohexyl-2-pyrrolidone, propylene glycol Monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl
  • D 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
  • D 2 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
  • -3 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the solvent is, for example, 30 parts by mass to 1500 parts by mass, preferably 100 parts by mass to 1000 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of polyimide or the like, depending on the desired coating film thickness and viscosity of the resin composition. can be used.
  • the resin composition may further contain components other than the compound represented by Formula (A) and the solvent, such as polyimide.
  • Other components include, for example, photoradical polymerization initiators (also referred to as “photoradical initiators”), crosslinkable compounds (also referred to as “crosslinkers”), thermosetting agents, other resin components, fillers, and sensitizers. , adhesion promoters, thermal polymerization inhibitors, azole compounds, hindered phenol compounds, and the like.
  • the resin composition contains, for example, a radical photopolymerization initiator.
  • the photoradical polymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound that absorbs the light source used for photocuring.
  • Radical photopolymerization initiators are commercially available, for example, IRGACURE [registered trademark] 651, 184, 2959, 127, 907, 369, 379EG, 819, 819DW, 1800, 1870, 784, OXE01, OXE02, OXE03, OXE04, 250, 1173, MBF, TPO, 4265, TPO (manufactured by BASF), KAYACURE [registered trademark] DETX-S, MBP, DMBI, EPA, OA (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), VICURE-10, 55 (manufactured by STAUFFER Co.
  • IRGACURE registered trademark
  • the content of the photoradical polymerization initiator is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1 parts by mass to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of polyimide, etc., and from the viewpoint of photosensitivity characteristics, 0.5 parts by mass to 15 parts by mass. is more preferred.
  • the photoradical polymerization initiator contains 0.1 parts by mass or more with respect to 100 parts by mass of polyimide or the like, the photosensitivity of the resin composition tends to be improved, while when it contains 20 parts by mass or less, the resin It is easy to improve the thick film curability of the composition.
  • crosslinkable compound when the resin composition is used as a photosensitive resin composition, a monomer having a photoradical-polymerizable unsaturated bond (crosslinkable compound) is optionally added in order to improve the resolution of the relief pattern. can be contained in the resin composition.
  • a crosslinkable compound a compound containing a polymerizable group that undergoes a radical polymerization reaction with a photoradical polymerization initiator is preferable, and examples thereof include (meth)acrylic compounds and maleimide compounds, but are not particularly limited to the following. do not have.
  • (Meth)acrylic compounds include diethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, tetraethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, ethylene glycol or polyethylene glycol mono- or di(meth)acrylate, propylene glycol or polypropylene glycol mono- or di(meth)acrylate.
  • maleimide compounds include 1,2-bis(maleimido)ethane, 1,4-bis(maleimido)butane, 1,6-bis(maleimido)hexane, N,N'-1,4-phenylenebismaleimide, N,N'-1,3-phenylenedimaleimide, 4,4'-bismaleimidodiphenylmethane, bis(3-ethyl-5-methyl-4-maleimidophenyl)methane, bis(2-maleimidoethyl)disulfide, 2, 2-bis[4-(4-maleimidophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 1,6'-bismaleimido-(2,2,4-trimethyl)hexane and the like can be mentioned.
  • maleimide compounds include BMI-689, BMI-1500, BMI-1700, and BMI-3000 (manufactured by Designer Molecules Inc.). In addition, these compounds may be used individually or may be used in combination of 2 or more types. Moreover, in this specification, (meth)acrylate means acrylate and methacrylate.
  • the content of the crosslinkable compound is not particularly limited, it is preferably 1 to 100 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 50 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of polyimide or the like.
  • Heat curing agent examples include hexamethoxymethylmelamine, tetramethoxymethylglycoluril, tetramethoxymethylbenzoguanamine, 1,3,4,6-tetrakis(methoxymethyl)glycoluril, 1,3,4,6-tetrakis ( butoxymethyl)glycoluril, 1,3,4,6-tetrakis(hydroxymethyl)glycoluril, 1,3-bis(hydroxymethyl)urea, 1,1,3,3-tetrakis(butoxymethyl)urea and 1, 1,3,3-tetrakis(methoxymethyl)urea and the like.
  • the content of the thermosetting agent in the resin composition is not particularly limited.
  • fillers include inorganic fillers, and specific examples include sols of silica, aluminum nitride, boron nitride, zirconia, alumina, and the like.
  • the content of the filler in the resin composition is not particularly limited.
  • the resin composition may further contain a resin component other than polyimide or the like.
  • resin components that can be contained in the resin composition include polyoxazoles, polyoxazole precursors, phenol resins, polyamides, epoxy resins, siloxane resins, acrylic resins, and the like.
  • the content of these resin components is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 0.01 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of polyimide or the like.
  • Sensitizers include, for example, Michler's ketone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, 2,5-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzal)cyclopentane, 2,6-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzal) Cyclohexanone, 2,6-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzal)-4-methylcyclohexanone, 4,4'-bis(dimethylamino)chalcone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)chalcone, p-dimethylaminocinnamyl denindanone, p-dimethylaminobenzylideneindanone, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylbiphenylene)-benzothiazole, 2-(
  • the content of the sensitizer is not particularly limited, it is preferably 0.1 to 25 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of polyimide or the like.
  • an adhesion promoter can optionally be added to the resin composition in order to further improve the adhesion between the film formed using the resin composition and the substrate.
  • adhesion promoters include ⁇ -aminopropyldimethoxysilane, N-( ⁇ -aminoethyl)- ⁇ -aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, ⁇ -glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, ⁇ -mercaptopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-(meth)acryloxypropyldimethoxymethylsilane, 3-(meth)acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, dimethoxymethyl-3-piperidinopropylsilane, diethoxy-3-glycidoxypropylmethylsilane, N-(3 -diethoxymethylsilylpropyl)succinimide, N-[3-(triethoxysilyl)propyl
  • adhesion aids it is more preferable to use a silane coupling agent in terms of adhesion.
  • the content of the adhesion aid is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 0.5 parts by mass to 25 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of polyimide or the like.
  • thermal polymerization inhibitor can be arbitrarily blended in order to improve the stability of the viscosity and photosensitivity of the resin composition particularly during storage in the state of a solution containing a solvent.
  • thermal polymerization inhibitors include hydroquinone, 4-methoxyphenol, N-nitrosodiphenylamine, p-tert-butylcatechol, phenothiazine, N-phenylnaphthylamine, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, 1,2-cyclohexanediaminetetraacetic acid, and glycol ether.
  • diaminetetraacetic acid 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, 5-nitroso-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-nitroso-2-naphthol, 2-nitroso-1-naphthol, 2-nitroso-5-( N-ethyl-N-sulfopropylamino)phenol, N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxylamine ammonium salt, N-nitroso-N(1-naphthyl)hydroxylamine ammonium salt and the like are used.
  • the content of the thermal polymerization inhibitor is not particularly limited, it is preferably in the range of 0.005 parts by mass to 12 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of polyimide or the like.
  • an azole compound when using a substrate made of copper or a copper alloy, an azole compound can optionally be added to the resin composition to further suppress oxidation of the substrate.
  • the azole compound here refers to a compound different from the compound represented by formula (A).
  • Azole compounds include, for example, 1H-triazole, 5-methyl-1H-triazole, 5-ethyl-1H-triazole, 4,5-dimethyl-1H-triazole, 5-phenyl-1H-triazole, 4-t-butyl -5-phenyl-1H-triazole, 5-hydroxyphenyl-1H-triazole, phenyltriazole, p-ethoxyphenyltriazole, 5-phenyl-1-(2-dimethylaminoethyl)triazole, 5-benzyl-1H-triazole, Hydroxyphenyltriazole, 1,5-dimethyltriazole, 4,5-diethyl-1H-triazole, 1H-benzotriazole, 2-(5-methyl-2-hydroxyphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-[2-hydroxy-3, 5-bis( ⁇ , ⁇ -dimethylbenzyl)phenyl]-benzotriazole, 2-(3,5-di-t-butyl-2-hydroxyphen
  • the content of the azole compound is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 0.1 parts by mass to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of polyimide, etc., and the photosensitivity when the resin composition is used as a photosensitive resin composition. From the viewpoint of properties, it is more preferably 0.5 parts by mass to 5 parts by mass.
  • the content of the azole compound per 100 parts by mass of polyimide or the like is 0.1 parts by mass or more, discoloration of the copper or copper alloy surface is further suppressed when the resin composition is formed on copper or a copper alloy.
  • it is 20 parts by mass or less it is preferable because the photosensitivity when the resin composition is used as a photosensitive resin composition is excellent.
  • a hindered phenol compound may optionally be incorporated into the resin composition to prevent oxidation of the film formed from the resin composition and to prevent oxidation of the azole compound.
  • Hindered phenol compounds include, for example, 2,6-di-t-butyl-4-methylphenol, 2,5-di-t-butyl-hydroquinone, octadecyl-3-(3,5-di-t-butyl -4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate, isooctyl-3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate, 4,4′-methylenebis(2,6-di-t-butylphenol), 4,4′-thio-bis(3-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), 4,4′-butylidene-bis(3-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), triethylene glycol-bis[3-(3 -t-butyl-5
  • 1,3,5-tris(4-t-butyl-3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethylbenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H )-trione is particularly preferred.
  • the content of the hindered phenol compound is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 0.1 parts by mass to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of polyimide or the like. From the viewpoint of photosensitivity, it is more preferably 0.5 parts by mass to 10 parts by mass. When the content of the hindered phenol compound is 20 parts by mass or less per 100 parts by mass of the polyimide or the like, it is preferable because the photosensitivity when the resin composition is used as a photosensitive resin composition is excellent.
  • the resin composition can be suitably used as a negative photosensitive resin composition for producing a cured relief pattern, which will be described later.
  • the resin composition of the present invention is preferably used as a resin composition for forming an insulating film.
  • the resin composition of the present invention is preferably a photosensitive resin composition, more preferably a negative photosensitive resin composition.
  • the resin film of the present invention is a baked product of the coating film of the resin composition of the present invention.
  • a method conventionally used for coating a resin composition for example, a method of coating with a spin coater, a bar coater, a blade coater, a curtain coater, a screen printer, etc., a method of spray coating with a spray coater, etc. can be used.
  • a baking method for obtaining a baked product various methods can be selected such as, for example, using a hot plate, using an oven, and using a heating oven in which a temperature program can be set. Firing can be performed, for example, at 130° C. to 250° C. for 30 minutes to 5 hours.
  • Air may be used as the atmospheric gas during heat curing, or an inert gas such as nitrogen or argon may be used.
  • the thickness of the resin film is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 ⁇ m to 100 ⁇ m, more preferably 2 ⁇ m to 50 ⁇ m.
  • the resin film is, for example, an insulating film.
  • the photosensitive resist film When the resin composition of the present invention is a photosensitive resin composition, the resin composition of the present invention can be used for photosensitive resist films (so-called dry film resists).
  • the photosensitive resist film has a base film, a photosensitive resin layer (photosensitive resin film) formed from a photosensitive resin composition, and a cover film. Usually, a photosensitive resin layer and a cover film are laminated in this order on a base film.
  • a photosensitive resist film is produced, for example, by coating a base film with a photosensitive resin composition, drying it to form a photosensitive resin layer, and then laminating a cover film on the photosensitive resin layer.
  • a method conventionally used for coating a photosensitive resin composition for example, a method of coating with a spin coater, a bar coater, a blade coater, a curtain coater, a screen printer, etc., or a method of spray coating with a spray coater. method etc. can be used.
  • the drying method includes, for example, conditions of 20° C. to 200° C. for 1 minute to 1 hour.
  • the thickness of the resulting photosensitive resin layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 ⁇ m to 100 ⁇ m, more preferably 2 ⁇ m to 50 ⁇ m.
  • a known base film can be used, and for example, a thermoplastic resin film or the like is used.
  • the thermoplastic resin include polyester such as polyethylene terephthalate.
  • the thickness of the base film is preferably 2 ⁇ m to 150 ⁇ m.
  • a known cover film can be used, for example, a polyethylene film, a polypropylene film, or the like. As the cover film, it is preferable to use a film having a weaker adhesion to the photosensitive resin layer than the base film.
  • the thickness of the cover film is preferably 2 ⁇ m to 150 ⁇ m, more preferably 2 ⁇ m to 100 ⁇ m, particularly preferably 5 ⁇ m to 50 ⁇ m.
  • the base film and the cover film may be made of the same film material, or may be made of different films.
  • the method for producing a cured relief patterned substrate of the present invention comprises: (1) A step of applying a photosensitive resin composition, which is one embodiment of the resin composition according to the present invention, onto a substrate to form a photosensitive resin layer (photosensitive resin film) on the substrate; (2) exposing the photosensitive resin layer; (3) developing the exposed photosensitive resin layer to form a relief pattern; (4) heat-treating the relief pattern to form a cured relief pattern.
  • a photosensitive resin composition which is one embodiment of the resin composition according to the present invention
  • the photosensitive resin composition according to the present invention is applied onto the substrate. Then, if necessary, it is dried to form a photosensitive resin layer.
  • a method conventionally used for coating a photosensitive resin composition for example, a method of coating with a spin coater, a bar coater, a blade coater, a curtain coater, a screen printer, etc., or a method of spray coating with a spray coater. method etc. can be used.
  • the substrate to which the photosensitive resin composition is applied has, for example, metal wiring on its surface.
  • metal wiring include copper wiring and copper alloy wiring.
  • a method for forming the metal wiring is not particularly limited, and for example, a conventionally known method can be used.
  • the coating film made of the photosensitive resin composition can be dried, and drying methods include, for example, air drying, heat drying using an oven or hot plate, vacuum drying, and the like. Specifically, when air drying or heat drying is performed, drying can be performed at 20° C. to 200° C. for 1 minute to 1 hour. As described above, a photosensitive resin layer can be formed on the substrate.
  • Step of exposing the photosensitive resin layer the photosensitive resin layer formed in the above step (1) is exposed using an exposure device such as a contact aligner, mirror projection, stepper, or the like, using a photomask or a patterned photomask. It is exposed to an ultraviolet light source or the like through a reticle or directly.
  • Light sources used for exposure include, for example, g-line, h-line, i-line, ghi-line broadband, and KrF excimer laser.
  • the exposure amount is desirably 25 mJ/cm 2 to 2000 mJ/cm 2 .
  • post-exposure baking PEB
  • pre-development baking may be performed at any combination of temperature and time, if necessary.
  • the temperature is preferably 50° C. to 200° C.
  • the time is preferably 10 seconds to 600 seconds. is not limited to
  • Step of developing the exposed photosensitive resin layer to form a relief pattern the unexposed portion of the exposed photosensitive resin layer is removed by development.
  • a developing method for developing the photosensitive resin layer after exposure any of conventionally known photoresist developing methods such as a rotary spray method, a paddle method, an immersion method accompanied by ultrasonic treatment, and the like can be used. method can be selected and used.
  • rinsing may be performed for the purpose of removing the developer.
  • post-development baking may be performed at any combination of temperature and time, if necessary. Organic solvents are preferred as the developer used for development.
  • organic solvents examples include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-cyclohexyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacetamide, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, ⁇ -butyrolactone, ⁇ - Acetyl- ⁇ -butyrolactone and the like are preferred.
  • two or more kinds of each solvent can be used, for example, several kinds can be used in combination.
  • the rinsing liquid used for rinsing an organic solvent that is miscible with the developer and has low solubility in the photosensitive resin composition is preferable.
  • Preferred examples of the rinse liquid include methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl lactate, propylene glycol methyl ether acetate, toluene, and xylene.
  • two or more kinds of each solvent can be used, for example, several kinds can be used in combination.
  • Step of Heating Relief Pattern to Form Hardened Relief Pattern the relief pattern obtained by the development is heated and converted into a hardened relief pattern.
  • various methods can be selected, for example, using a hot plate, using an oven, or using a heating oven capable of setting a temperature program. Heating can be performed, for example, at 130° C. to 250° C. for 30 minutes to 5 hours. Air may be used as the atmospheric gas during heat curing, or an inert gas such as nitrogen or argon may be used.
  • the thickness of the cured relief pattern is not particularly limited, it is preferably 1 ⁇ m to 100 ⁇ m, more preferably 2 ⁇ m to 50 ⁇ m.
  • Embodiments also provide a semiconductor device comprising a semiconductor element and a cured film provided over or under the semiconductor element.
  • the cured film is a cured film formed from the resin composition of the present invention.
  • the resin composition is a photosensitive resin composition and the cured film is a cured relief pattern formed from the photosensitive resin composition.
  • the cured relief pattern can be obtained, for example, by steps (1) to (4) in the method for producing a substrate with a cured relief pattern described above.
  • the present invention can also be applied to a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device using a semiconductor element as a substrate and including the above-described method of manufacturing a substrate with a cured relief pattern as part of the steps.
  • the semiconductor device of the present invention forms a cured relief pattern as a surface protective film, an interlayer insulating film, a rewiring insulating film, a protective film for a flip chip device, a protective film for a semiconductor device having a bump structure, or the like. It can be manufactured by combining with a manufacturing method of a semiconductor device.
  • the display device includes a display element and a cured film provided on the display element, wherein the cured film is a film formed from the resin composition of the present invention.
  • the resin composition is a photosensitive resin composition and the cured film is a cured relief pattern formed from the photosensitive resin composition.
  • the cured film (for example, the cured relief pattern) may be laminated in direct contact with the display element, or may be laminated with another layer interposed therebetween.
  • the cured film includes a surface protective film, an insulating film, and a flattening film for TFT (Thin Film Transistor) liquid crystal display elements and color filter elements, projections for MVA (Multi-domain Vertical Alignment) type liquid crystal display devices, and A partition wall for an organic EL (Electro-Luminescence) element cathode can be mentioned.
  • TFT Thin Film Transistor
  • MVA Multi-domain Vertical Alignment
  • a partition wall for an organic EL (Electro-Luminescence) element cathode can be mentioned.
  • the resin composition of the present invention is useful not only for application to semiconductor devices as described above, but also for applications such as interlayer insulating films for multilayer circuits, cover coats for flexible copper-clad plates, solder resist films, and liquid crystal alignment films. be.
  • the weight-average molecular weight (Mw) shown in the synthesis examples below is the result of measurement by gel permeation chromatography (hereinafter abbreviated as GPC in this specification).
  • GPC gel permeation chromatography
  • HPC-8320GPC manufactured by Tosoh Corporation
  • TMPBP-TME -Diylbis(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydroisobenzofuran-5-carboxylate)
  • SD1100-P 4,4′-(4,4′-Isopropylidenediphenoxy)diphthalic anhydride (SD1100-P: manufactured by Sabic) (48.28 g) was added and stirred at 50° C. for 20 hours to obtain a polyamic acid solution.
  • Mw weight average molecular weight of the obtained polyamic acid (P-4) by GPC was 29,350.
  • the supernatant was decanted to separate the crude polymer, which was dissolved in 150.0 g of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone to obtain a crude polymer solution.
  • the resulting crude polymer solution was dropped into 2250 g of water to precipitate the polymer.
  • the obtained precipitate was filtered off, washed twice with 600 g of methanol, and dried in a vacuum to form a powdery polyamic acid ester (P -6) was obtained.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the obtained polyamic acid ester (P-6) by GPC was 8,016. Yield was 73.6%.
  • NK ester A-DOD-N 1,10-decanediol diacrylate (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.)
  • KBM-5103 3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.)
  • BMI-689 3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane
  • Example 1 Powder 1.63 g of the solvent-soluble polyimide (P-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 2, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 3.80 g, NK ester A-DOD-N 0.49 g as a cross-linking agent, photoradical After mixing and dissolving 0.081 g of IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 as an initiator and 0.024 g of 5-carboxybenzotriazole (manufactured by Sigma-Aldrich Japan GK), a polypropylene filter with a pore size of 5 ⁇ m was used. A negative photosensitive resin composition was prepared by filtering with a filter.
  • Example 2 Powder 1.63 g of the solvent-soluble polyimide (P-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 2, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 3.80 g, NK ester A-DOD-N 0.49 g as a cross-linking agent, photoradical After mixing and dissolving 0.081 g of IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 as an initiator and 0.049 g of 5-carboxybenzotriazole (manufactured by Sigma-Aldrich Japan GK), a polypropylene filter with a pore size of 5 ⁇ m was used. A negative photosensitive resin composition was prepared by filtering with a filter.
  • Example 3 Powder 1.63 g of the solvent-soluble polyimide (P-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 2, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 3.80 g, NK ester A-DOD-N 0.49 g as a cross-linking agent, photoradical After mixing and dissolving 0.081 g of IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 as an initiator and 0.081 g of 5-carboxybenzotriazole (manufactured by Sigma-Aldrich Japan GK), a polypropylene filter with a pore size of 5 ⁇ m was used. A negative photosensitive resin composition was prepared by filtering with a filter.
  • Example 4 Powder 1.63 g of the solvent-soluble polyimide (P-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 2, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 3.80 g, NK ester A-DOD-N 0.49 g as a cross-linking agent, photoradical 0.081 g of IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01, 0.024 g of 5-carboxybenzotriazole (manufactured by Sigma-Aldrich Japan GK), and 1,2,3-benzotriazole (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) as initiators ) was mixed with 0.024 g and dissolved, and filtered using a polypropylene filter having a pore size of 5 ⁇ m to prepare a negative photosensitive resin composition.
  • Example 5 Powder 1.63 g of the solvent-soluble polyimide (P-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 2, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 3.80 g, NK ester A-DOD-N 0.49 g as a cross-linking agent, photoradical As an initiator, 0.081 g of IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01, 0.024 g of 5-carboxybenzotriazole (manufactured by Sigma-Aldrich Japan GK), and 0.024 g of IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 were mixed and dissolved. After that, by filtering using a polypropylene filter having a pore size of 5 ⁇ m, a negative photosensitive resin composition was prepared.
  • Example 7 Powder 1.63 g of the solvent-soluble polyimide (P-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 2, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 3.80 g, NK ester A-DOD-N 0.49 g as a cross-linking agent, photoradical After mixing and dissolving 0.081 g of IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01, 0.049 g of 5-carboxybenzotriazole (manufactured by Sigma-Aldrich Japan GK), and 0.033 g of KBM-5103 as an initiator, the pore size A negative photosensitive resin composition was prepared by filtering using a 5 ⁇ m polypropylene filter.
  • Example 8 Powder 1.63 g of the solvent-soluble polyimide (P-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 2, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 3.80 g, NK ester A-DOD-N 0.49 g as a cross-linking agent, photoradical As initiators IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 0.081 g, 5-carboxybenzotriazole (manufactured by Sigma-Aldrich Japan GK) 0.049 g, and 5-methyl-1H-benzotriazole (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. ) was mixed with 0.024 g and dissolved, and filtered using a polypropylene filter having a pore size of 5 ⁇ m to prepare a negative photosensitive resin composition.
  • IRGACURE registered trademark
  • Example 9 Powder 1.63 g of the solvent-soluble polyimide (P-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 2, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 3.80 g, NK ester A-DOD-N 0.49 g as a cross-linking agent, photoradical As an initiator, 0.081 g of IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01, 0.049 g of 5-carboxybenzotriazole (manufactured by Sigma-Aldrich Japan GK), and 0.024 g of IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 were mixed and dissolved. After that, by filtering using a polypropylene filter having a pore size of 5 ⁇ m, a negative photosensitive resin composition was prepared.
  • Example 10 Powder 1.63 g of the solvent-soluble polyimide (P-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 2, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 3.80 g, NK ester A-DOD-N 0.49 g as a cross-linking agent, photoradical 0.081 g of IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 as an initiator and 0.024 g of CBT-SG (a mixture of 4-carboxybenzotriazole and 5-carboxybenzotriazole, manufactured by Johoku Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) were mixed and dissolved. After that, by filtering using a polypropylene filter having a pore size of 5 ⁇ m, a negative photosensitive resin composition was prepared.
  • Example 11 Powder 1.63 g of the solvent-soluble polyimide (P-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 2, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 3.80 g, NK ester A-DOD-N 0.49 g as a cross-linking agent, photoradical 0.081 g of IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 as an initiator and 0.049 g of CBT-SG (a mixture of 4-carboxybenzotriazole and 5-carboxybenzotriazole, manufactured by Johoku Kagaku Kogyo Co., Ltd.) were mixed and dissolved. After that, by filtering using a polypropylene filter having a pore size of 5 ⁇ m, a negative photosensitive resin composition was prepared.
  • Example 12 Powder 1.63 g of the solvent-soluble polyimide (P-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 2, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 3.80 g, NK ester A-DOD-N 0.49 g as a cross-linking agent, photoradical After mixing and dissolving 0.081 g of IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 as an initiator and 0.024 g of CBT-5 (5-carboxybenzotriazole, manufactured by Johoku Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), a polypropylene filter with a pore size of 5 ⁇ m was added. to prepare a negative photosensitive resin composition.
  • Example 13 Powder 1.63 g of the solvent-soluble polyimide (P-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 2, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 3.80 g, NK ester A-DOD-N 0.49 g as a cross-linking agent, photoradical After mixing and dissolving 0.081 g of IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 as an initiator and 0.049 g of CBT-5 (5-carboxybenzotriazole, manufactured by Johoku Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), a polypropylene filter with a pore size of 5 ⁇ m was added. to prepare a negative photosensitive resin composition.
  • NK ester A-DOD-N 2.02 g as a cross-linking agent in 22.44 g of the solution (solid content concentration: 30% by mass) containing the polyamic acid (P-3) obtained in Synthesis Example 3, and IRGACURE as a photoradical initiator.
  • [Registered trademark] 0.34 g of OXE01 and 0.20 g of 5-carboxybenzotriazole (manufactured by Sigma-Aldrich Japan GK) are mixed and dissolved, and then filtered using a polypropylene filter with a pore size of 5 ⁇ m. to prepare a negative photosensitive resin composition.
  • a negative photosensitive resin composition was prepared by filtering using a poly
  • substrates substrates (substrates on which a resin film was formed) that had not undergone the reliability test were also prepared, and stud-pull peel strength measurements were similarly conducted on each substrate. Observing the peeling interface after the test, if the peeling occurred due to the cohesive failure of the epoxy adhesive before and after the reliability test, or if the peeling occurred at the interface between the epoxy adhesive and the resin film surface, the adhesive strength was evaluated as " ⁇ ". , and the case where peeling occurred at the interface between the photosensitive resin film and Cu on either side before and after the reliability test was indicated as "x" as poor adhesion. The results are shown in Tables 1-1 and 1-2.
  • a test substrate for evaluation (1 cm ⁇ 1 cm) having a base of PI (polyimide) and a Cu wiring having a height of 5 ⁇ m and a width of 10 ⁇ mL/S was washed with 10% sulfuric acid for 1 minute and then washed with pure water for 30 seconds. Dried.
  • the negative photosensitive resin compositions prepared in Examples 1 to 16 and Comparative Examples 1 to 10 were applied to this substrate under the same conditions as in [Evaluation of Adhesion], and calcined at 115°C for 270 seconds. to form a photosensitive resin film.
  • the entire surface was exposed at 500 mJ/cm 2 using an i-line aligner (PLA-501, manufactured by Canon Inc.).
  • the negative photosensitive resin compositions prepared in Examples 1 to 15 and Comparative Examples 1 to 10 were spin-coated onto a 4-inch silicon wafer coated with an aluminum foil having a thickness of 20 ⁇ m, and heated at 115 degrees on a hot plate. C. for 270 seconds to form a photosensitive resin film of about 22 .mu.m on the aluminum foil.
  • the entire surface of the wafer was exposed at 500 mJ/cm 2 , and then a high-temperature clean oven (CLH-21CD (V )-S, manufactured by Koyo Thermo Systems Co., Ltd.) and calcined in a nitrogen atmosphere at 230° C. for 2 hours. Furthermore, the film was obtained by immersing the baked aluminum foil in 6N hydrochloric acid to dissolve the aluminum foil. The obtained film was dried and the dielectric loss tangent at 60 GHz was measured with a split cylinder resonator.
  • the dielectric loss tangent measurement conditions are as follows.

Abstract

A resin composition comprising at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimides, polybenzoxazole, and precursors of these, a compound represented by formula (A), and a solvent. [In formula (A), Ra represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a methylol group, or a C1-C30 alkyl group, Rb represents a C1-C30 alkyl group, m indicates an integer of 0-3, n indicates an integer of 1-4, and the sum of m and n is four at most.]

Description

樹脂組成物resin composition
 本発明は、樹脂組成物、該樹脂組成物から得られる樹脂膜、感光性樹脂組成物を用いた感光性レジストフィルム、硬化レリーフパターン付き基板の製造方法、及び半導体装置に関する。 The present invention relates to a resin composition, a resin film obtained from the resin composition, a photosensitive resist film using the photosensitive resin composition, a method for manufacturing a substrate with a cured relief pattern, and a semiconductor device.
 従来、電子部品の絶縁材料、及び半導体装置のパッシベーション膜、表面保護膜、層間絶縁膜等には、優れた耐熱性、電気特性及び機械特性を併せ持つポリイミド樹脂、ポリベンゾオキサゾール樹脂などが用いられている(特許文献1参照)。 Conventionally, polyimide resins, polybenzoxazole resins, etc., which have excellent heat resistance, electrical properties, and mechanical properties, have been used as insulating materials for electronic parts, and for passivation films, surface protective films, interlayer insulating films, etc. for semiconductor devices. (See Patent Document 1).
 ポリイミド系樹脂を含む樹脂組成物から絶縁膜等を形成する際、金属配線(例えば、銅配線、銅合金配線など)上に絶縁膜等を形成すると、密着性が低下することがある。そこで、密着性の低下を抑制するために、感光性ポリイミド系樹脂組成物にトリアゾール又はその誘導体を含有させることが提案されている(特許文献2)。 When forming an insulating film or the like from a resin composition containing a polyimide-based resin, if the insulating film or the like is formed on metal wiring (for example, copper wiring, copper alloy wiring, etc.), adhesion may be reduced. Therefore, it has been proposed to incorporate triazole or a derivative thereof into a photosensitive polyimide resin composition in order to suppress the decrease in adhesion (Patent Document 2).
 また、ポリイミド系樹脂を含む樹脂組成物から絶縁膜等を形成する際、金属配線(例えば、銅又は銅合金配線)上に絶縁膜等を形成すると、金属配線を酸化させることがある。そこで、金属配線の酸化を抑制するために、ポリイミド樹脂組成物にフェノール系酸化防止剤などの酸化防止剤を含有させることが提案されている(特許文献3)。 Also, when forming an insulating film or the like from a resin composition containing a polyimide-based resin, if the insulating film or the like is formed on metal wiring (for example, copper or copper alloy wiring), the metal wiring may be oxidized. Therefore, in order to suppress the oxidation of the metal wiring, it has been proposed to incorporate an antioxidant such as a phenolic antioxidant into the polyimide resin composition (Patent Document 3).
特開2012-194520号公報JP 2012-194520 A 特開2005-010360号公報Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2005-010360 国際公開第2015/020020号パンフレットInternational Publication No. 2015/020020 Pamphlet
 近年、半導体装置では、大容量の情報を高速で伝送・処理する必要から、電気信号の高周波化が進んでいる。高周波の電気信号は減衰しやすいため、伝送損失を低くする必要がある。そのため、半導体装置に用いられる樹脂には低い誘電正接が求められる。 In recent years, in semiconductor devices, due to the need to transmit and process large amounts of information at high speed, the frequency of electrical signals is increasing. Since high-frequency electrical signals are easily attenuated, it is necessary to reduce transmission loss. Therefore, resins used in semiconductor devices are required to have a low dielectric loss tangent.
 したがって、金属配線を表面に有する基板上において、優れた密着性、優れた酸化防止性、及び低い誘電正接を兼ね備える膜が得られる樹脂組成物が求められている。
 しかし、特許文献1~特許文献3に記載の樹脂組成物は、それら特性の全てが満足できるものではない。
Therefore, there is a demand for a resin composition that can form a film having excellent adhesion, excellent antioxidant properties, and a low dielectric loss tangent on a substrate having metal wiring on its surface.
However, the resin compositions described in Patent Documents 1 to 3 do not satisfy all of these characteristics.
 本発明の目的は、上記事情に鑑み、金属配線を表面に有する基板上において、優れた密着性、優れた酸化防止性、及び低い誘電正接を兼ね備える膜が得られる樹脂組成物、該樹脂組成物から得られる樹脂膜、該樹脂組成物を用いた感光性レジストフィルム、硬化レリーフパターン付き基板の製造方法、並びに半導体装置を提供することにある。 In view of the above circumstances, an object of the present invention is to provide a resin composition capable of obtaining a film having both excellent adhesion, excellent antioxidant properties, and low dielectric loss tangent on a substrate having metal wiring on its surface, and the resin composition. The object of the present invention is to provide a resin film obtained from (1), a photosensitive resist film using the resin composition, a method for producing a substrate with a cured relief pattern, and a semiconductor device.
 本発明者らは、上記の課題を達成すべく鋭意検討を重ねた結果、ポリイミド等を含む樹脂組成物に、下記式(A)で表される化合物を含有させることにより、金属配線を表面に有する基板上において、優れた密着性、優れた酸化防止性、及び低い誘電正接を兼ね備える膜が得られる樹脂組成物が得られることを見出し、本発明を完成するに至った。 The present inventors have made intensive studies to solve the above problems, and found that a resin composition containing polyimide or the like contains a compound represented by the following formula (A), whereby metal wiring is formed on the surface. The present inventors have completed the present invention based on the finding that a resin composition can be obtained on a substrate having the above-described properties, which can provide a film having excellent adhesion, excellent antioxidant properties, and a low dielectric loss tangent.
 [1] ポリイミド、ポリベンゾオキサゾール及びこれらの前駆体よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも一つの樹脂、下記式(A)で表される化合物、及び溶媒を含む、樹脂組成物。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
[式(A)中、Rは水素原子、水酸基、メチロール基、又は炭素原子数1~30のアルキル基を表す。Rは炭素原子数1~30のアルキル基を表す。mは0~3の整数を表し、nは1~4の整数を表し、mとnの合計の最大は4である。]
 [2] 前記樹脂が、ポリイミド、及びその前駆体よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも一つの樹脂である[1]に記載の樹脂組成物。
 [3] 前記樹脂が、下記式(1-a)及び下記式(1-b-1)で表される構造単位を有するポリイミド又は下記式(3)及び下記式(1-b-2)で表される構造単位を有するポリイミド前駆体である、[1]又は[2]に記載の樹脂組成物。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
[式(1-a)及び式(1-b-1)中、Arは4価の有機基を表し、X11は光重合性基を有する2価の有機基を表す。
 式(3)及び式(1-b-2)中、Arは4価の有機基を表し、L及びLはそれぞれ独立して1価の有機基を表し、X12は2価の有機基を表し、L、L及びX12のうち少なくとも一つは光重合性基を有する。]
 [4] 前記樹脂が、下記式(9-a)で表される2価の有機基を有する、[1]から[3]のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
[式(9-a)中、Vは直接結合、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合、ウレタン結合、又はウレア結合を表し、Wは酸素原子又はNH基を表し、R15は直接結合、又は水酸基で置換されていてもよい炭素原子数2~6のアルキレン基を表し、R16は水素原子又はメチル基を表し、*は結合手を表す。]
 [5] 前記式(9-a)におけるVがエステル結合を表し、さらにWが酸素原子を表す[4]に記載の樹脂組成物。
 [6] 前記式(9-a)におけるR15が1,2-エチレン基を表す[4]又は[5]に記載の樹脂組成物。
 [7] 前記式(A)におけるRが水素原子を表す[1]から[6]のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物。
 [8] 前記式(A)におけるmが0を表す[1]から[7]のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物。
 [9] 前記式(A)で表される化合物が、1H-ベンゾトリアゾール-5-カルボン酸及び1H-ベンゾトリアゾール-4-カルボン酸の少なくともいずれかを含む、[1]から[8]のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物。
 [10] さらに光ラジカル重合開始剤を含む[1]から[9]のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物。
 [11] さらに架橋性化合物を含む[1]から[10]のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物。
 [12] 絶縁膜形成用である[1]から[11]のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物。
 [13] 感光性樹脂組成物である[1]から[12]のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物。
 [14] ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物である[1]から[13]のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物。
 [15] [1]から[14]のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物の塗布膜の焼成物である樹脂膜。
 [16] 絶縁膜である[15]に記載の樹脂膜。
 [17] 基材フィルムと、[13]又は[14]に記載の樹脂組成物から形成される感光性樹脂層と、カバーフィルムとを有する感光性レジストフィルム。
 [18] (1)[13]又は[14]に記載の樹脂組成物を基板上に塗布して、感光性樹脂層を該基板上に形成する工程と、
 (2)該感光性樹脂層を露光する工程と、
 (3)該露光後の感光性樹脂層を現像して、レリーフパターンを形成する工程と、
 (4)該レリーフパターンを加熱処理して、硬化レリーフパターンを形成する工程と、
を含む、硬化レリーフパターン付き基板の製造方法。
 [19] 前記(1)工程において、前記樹脂組成物が、表面に金属配線を有する前記基板に塗布される[18]に記載の硬化レリーフパターン付き基板の製造方法。
 [20] 前記現像に用いられる現像液が有機溶媒である[18]又は[19]に記載の硬化レリーフパターン付き基板の製造方法。
 [21] [18]から[20]のいずれかに記載の方法により製造された硬化レリーフパターン付き基板。
 [22] 半導体素子と該半導体素子の上部又は下部に設けられた硬化膜とを備える半導体装置であって、該硬化膜は[1]から[14]のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物から形成される硬化膜である半導体装置。
 [23] 前記樹脂組成物が感光性樹脂組成物であり、
 前記硬化膜が、前記感光性樹脂組成物から形成される硬化レリーフパターンである[22]に記載の半導体装置。
[1] A resin composition comprising at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimide, polybenzoxazole, and precursors thereof, a compound represented by the following formula (A), and a solvent.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
[In the formula (A), R a represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a methylol group, or an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. R b represents an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. m represents an integer of 0 to 3, n represents an integer of 1 to 4, and the maximum sum of m and n is 4. ]
[2] The resin composition according to [1], wherein the resin is at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimides and precursors thereof.
[3] The resin is a polyimide having structural units represented by the following formulas (1-a) and (1-b-1) or the following formulas (3) and (1-b-2) The resin composition according to [1] or [2], which is a polyimide precursor having the structural unit represented.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
[In formulas (1-a) and (1-b-1), Ar 1 represents a tetravalent organic group, and X 11 represents a divalent organic group having a photopolymerizable group.
In formulas (3) and (1-b-2), Ar 3 represents a tetravalent organic group, L 1 and L 2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group, and X 12 represents a divalent represents an organic group, and at least one of L 1 , L 2 and X 12 has a photopolymerizable group. ]
[4] The resin composition according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein the resin has a divalent organic group represented by the following formula (9-a).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
[In formula (9-a), V 1 represents a direct bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond, or a urea bond, W 1 represents an oxygen atom or an NH group, R 15 represents a direct bond, or represents an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a hydroxyl group, R 16 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and * represents a bond. ]
[5] The resin composition according to [4], wherein V 1 in formula (9-a) represents an ester bond, and W 1 represents an oxygen atom.
[6] The resin composition according to [4] or [5], wherein R 15 in formula (9-a) represents a 1,2-ethylene group.
[7] The resin composition according to any one of [1] to [6], wherein R a in formula (A) represents a hydrogen atom.
[8] The resin composition according to any one of [1] to [7], wherein m in formula (A) represents 0.
[9] Any one of [1] to [8], wherein the compound represented by formula (A) contains at least one of 1H-benzotriazole-5-carboxylic acid and 1H-benzotriazole-4-carboxylic acid The resin composition according to .
[10] The resin composition according to any one of [1] to [9], further comprising a radical photopolymerization initiator.
[11] The resin composition according to any one of [1] to [10], further comprising a crosslinkable compound.
[12] The resin composition according to any one of [1] to [11], which is used for forming an insulating film.
[13] The resin composition according to any one of [1] to [12], which is a photosensitive resin composition.
[14] The resin composition according to any one of [1] to [13], which is a negative photosensitive resin composition.
[15] A resin film which is a baked product of the coating film of the resin composition according to any one of [1] to [14].
[16] The resin film according to [15], which is an insulating film.
[17] A photosensitive resist film comprising a base film, a photosensitive resin layer formed from the resin composition according to [13] or [14], and a cover film.
[18] (1) A step of applying the resin composition according to [13] or [14] onto a substrate to form a photosensitive resin layer on the substrate;
(2) exposing the photosensitive resin layer;
(3) developing the exposed photosensitive resin layer to form a relief pattern;
(4) heat-treating the relief pattern to form a cured relief pattern;
A method of manufacturing a cured relief patterned substrate, comprising:
[19] The method for producing a cured relief patterned substrate according to [18], wherein in the step (1), the resin composition is applied to the substrate having metal wiring on its surface.
[20] The method for producing a cured relief patterned substrate according to [18] or [19], wherein the developer used for the development is an organic solvent.
[21] A substrate with a cured relief pattern produced by the method according to any one of [18] to [20].
[22] A semiconductor device comprising a semiconductor element and a cured film provided above or below the semiconductor element, wherein the cured film is formed from the resin composition according to any one of [1] to [14]. A semiconductor device that is a cured film to be coated.
[23] The resin composition is a photosensitive resin composition,
The semiconductor device according to [22], wherein the cured film is a cured relief pattern formed from the photosensitive resin composition.
 本発明によれば、金属配線を表面に有する基板上において、優れた密着性、優れた酸化防止性、及び低い誘電正接を兼ね備える膜が得られる樹脂組成物、該樹脂組成物から得られる樹脂膜、該樹脂組成物を用いた感光性レジストフィルム、硬化レリーフパターン付き基板の製造方法、並びに半導体装置が得られる。 INDUSTRIAL APPLICABILITY According to the present invention, there is provided a resin composition capable of obtaining a film having both excellent adhesion, excellent antioxidation properties, and low dielectric loss tangent on a substrate having metal wiring on its surface, and a resin film obtained from the resin composition. , a photosensitive resist film using the resin composition, a method for producing a substrate with a cured relief pattern, and a semiconductor device are obtained.
(樹脂組成物)
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、ポリイミド、ポリベンゾオキサゾール及びこれらの前駆体よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも一つの樹脂、式(A)で表される化合物、及び溶媒を含む。
(resin composition)
The resin composition of the present invention contains at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimide, polybenzoxazole and precursors thereof, a compound represented by formula (A), and a solvent.
<ポリイミド等>
 樹脂組成物は、ポリイミド、ポリベンゾオキサゾール及びこれらの前駆体よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも一つの樹脂(以下、「ポリイミド等」と称することがある)を含む。
<Polyimide etc.>
The resin composition contains at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimide, polybenzoxazole, and precursors thereof (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "polyimide, etc.").
 ポリイミド等は、樹脂組成物を感光性樹脂組成物として用いる際の感光性の付与の点で、光重合性基を有することが好ましく、重合性不飽和基を有することがより好ましく、(メタ)アクリロイル基を有することが更により好ましく、下記式(9-a)で表される2価の有機基を有することが特に好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
[式(9-a)中、Vは直接結合、エーテル結合(-O-)、エステル結合(-COO-)、アミド結合(-NHCO-)、ウレタン結合(-NHCOO-)、又はウレア結合(-NHCONH-)を表し、Wは酸素原子又はNH基を表し、R15は直接結合、又は水酸基で置換されていてもよい炭素原子数2~6のアルキレン基を表し、R16は水素原子又はメチル基を表し、*は結合手を表す。]
Polyimide or the like preferably has a photopolymerizable group in terms of imparting photosensitivity when the resin composition is used as a photosensitive resin composition, more preferably has a polymerizable unsaturated group, (meth) Having an acryloyl group is even more preferable, and having a divalent organic group represented by the following formula (9-a) is particularly preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
[In the formula (9-a), V 1 is a direct bond, an ether bond (-O-), an ester bond (-COO-), an amide bond (-NHCO-), a urethane bond (-NHCOO-), or a urea bond (-NHCONH-), W 1 represents an oxygen atom or an NH group, R 15 represents a direct bond or an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a hydroxyl group, and R 16 represents hydrogen represents an atom or a methyl group, and * represents a bond. ]
<<ポリイミド及びその前駆体>>
 ポリイミド及びその前駆体としては、ポリイミド、ポリアミック酸、ポリアミック酸エステルなどが挙げられる。
<<polyimide and its precursor>>
Examples of polyimides and their precursors include polyimides, polyamic acids, polyamic acid esters, and the like.
 ポリイミドとしては、例えば、以下のポリイミド(1)が挙げられる。
 ポリアミック酸としては、例えば、以下のポリアミック酸(2)が挙げられる。
 ポリアミック酸エステルとしては、例えば、以下のポリアミック酸エステル(3)が挙げられる。
 ポリイミド(1)は、下記式(1-a)、及び下記式(1-b)で表される構造単位を有するポリイミドである。
 ポリアミック酸(2)は、下記式(2)、及び下記式(1-b)で表される構造単位を有するポリアミック酸である。
 ポリアミック酸エステル(3)は、下記式(3)、及び下記式(1-b)で表される構造単位を有するポリアミック酸エステルである。
Examples of polyimides include the following polyimides (1).
Examples of polyamic acids include the following polyamic acids (2).
Examples of polyamic acid esters include the following polyamic acid ester (3).
Polyimide (1) is a polyimide having structural units represented by the following formulas (1-a) and (1-b).
The polyamic acid (2) is a polyamic acid having structural units represented by the following formula (2) and the following formula (1-b).
The polyamic acid ester (3) is a polyamic acid ester having structural units represented by the following formula (3) and the following formula (1-b).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
[式(1-a)中、Arは4価の有機基を表す。
 式(1-b)中、Xは2価の有機基を表す。]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
[In formula (1-a), Ar 1 represents a tetravalent organic group.
In formula (1-b), X represents a divalent organic group. ]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
[式(2)中、Arは4価の有機基を表す。]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
[In formula (2), Ar 2 represents a tetravalent organic group. ]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
[式(3)中、Arは4価の有機基を表し、L、及びLはそれぞれ独立して1価の有機基を表す。]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
[In formula (3), Ar 3 represents a tetravalent organic group, and L 1 and L 2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group. ]
 ポリイミドの一例は、式(1-a)、及び下記式(1-b-1)で表される構造単位を有するポリイミドである。
 ポリイミド前駆体の一例は、式(3)、及び下記式(1-b-2)で表される構造単位を有するポリイミド前駆体である。だだし、当該ポリイミド前駆体において、L、L及びX12のうち少なくとも一つは光重合性基を有する。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
[式(1-b-1)中、X11は光重合性基を有する2価の有機基を表す。
 式(1-b-2)中、X12は2価の有機基を表す。]
An example of polyimide is polyimide having structural units represented by formula (1-a) and formula (1-b-1) below.
An example of the polyimide precursor is a polyimide precursor having structural units represented by formula (3) and formula (1-b-2) below. However, in the polyimide precursor, at least one of L 1 , L 2 and X 12 has a photopolymerizable group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
[In formula (1-b-1), X 11 represents a divalent organic group having a photopolymerizable group.
In formula (1-b-2), X 12 represents a divalent organic group. ]
<<<Ar、Ar、及びAr>>>
 Ar、Ar、及びArは、4価の有機基を表す。
 4価の有機基としては、特に制限はなく、例えば、脂肪族テトカルボン酸二無水物に由来する4価の有機基、脂環式テトラカルボン酸二無水物に由来する4価の有機基、芳香族テトラカルボン酸二無水物に由来する4価の有機基等が挙げられる。
 4価の有機基としては、より低い誘電正接を有する膜が得られる点で、3つ以上の芳香族環を有する4価の有機基が好ましい。
<<<Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 >>>
Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 each represent a tetravalent organic group.
The tetravalent organic group is not particularly limited. tetravalent organic groups derived from group tetracarboxylic dianhydrides, and the like.
As the tetravalent organic group, a tetravalent organic group having three or more aromatic rings is preferable in that a film having a lower dielectric loss tangent can be obtained.
 Ar、Ar、及びArが有する芳香族環の数としては、より低い誘電正接を有する膜が得られる点で、3つ以上が好ましく、4つ以上がより好ましい。芳香族環の数の上限値としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、8つ以下であってもよいし、6つ以下であってもよい。 The number of aromatic rings possessed by Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 is preferably 3 or more, more preferably 4 or more, in that a film having a lower dielectric loss tangent can be obtained. The upper limit of the number of aromatic rings is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 8 or less, or 6 or less.
 「3つ以上の芳香族環」における芳香族環の数え方に関し、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環のような2以上の芳香族環が縮合してなる多環芳香族環は1つの芳香族環として数える。そのため、ナフタレン環は1つの芳香族環として数える。他方、ビフェニル環は縮合環ではないため2つの芳香族環として数える。そして、ペリレン環は、2つの芳香族環として数える。
 芳香族環としては、芳香族炭化水素環、芳香族複素環などが挙げられる。
Regarding how to count aromatic rings in "3 or more aromatic rings", polycyclic aromatic rings formed by condensing two or more aromatic rings such as naphthalene ring and anthracene ring are counted as one aromatic ring. . Therefore, a naphthalene ring is counted as one aromatic ring. On the other hand, a biphenyl ring is not a fused ring and counts as two aromatic rings. A perylene ring is then counted as two aromatic rings.
Aromatic rings include aromatic hydrocarbon rings, aromatic heterocycles, and the like.
 Ar、Ar、及びArとしては、本発明の効果を好適に得る観点から、下記式(4)で表される4価の有機基を表すことが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
[式(4)中、X及びXはそれぞれ独立に直接結合、エーテル結合(-O-)、エステル結合(-COO-)、アミド結合(-NHCO-)、ウレタン結合(-NHCOO-)、ウレア結合(-NHCONH-)、チオエーテル結合(-S-)又はスルホニル結合(-SO-)を表す。
 Ra1及びRa2はそれぞれ独立に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1~6のアルキル基を表す。
 Zは下記式(5-a)、下記式(5-b)又は下記式(5-c)で表される2価の有機基を表す。
 n1及びn2はそれぞれ独立に0~3の整数を表す。
 Ra1が複数の場合、複数のRa1は同じでもよいし異なっていてもよい。Ra2が複数の場合、複数のRa2は同じでもよいし異なっていてもよい。
 *は結合手を表す。]
Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 preferably represent a tetravalent organic group represented by the following formula (4) from the viewpoint of suitably obtaining the effects of the present invention.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
[In the formula (4), X 1 and X 2 are each independently a direct bond, an ether bond (-O-), an ester bond (-COO-), an amide bond (-NHCO-), a urethane bond (-NHCOO-) , represents a urea bond (-NHCONH-), a thioether bond (-S-) or a sulfonyl bond (-SO 2 -).
R a1 and R a2 each independently represent an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
Z 1 represents a divalent organic group represented by the following formula (5-a), (5-b) or (5-c) below.
n1 and n2 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3;
When there are multiple R a1 s , the multiple R a1s may be the same or different. When R a2 is plural, the plural R a2 may be the same or different.
* represents a bond. ]
 式(4)中のRa1及びRa2における置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1~6のアルキル基としては、例えば、炭素原子数1~6のアルキル基が挙げられる。炭素原子数1~6のアルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基などが挙げられる。本明細書において、アルキル基、アルキレン基は、その構造について特に言及されていない限り、直鎖状であってもよいし、分岐状であってもよいし、環状であってもよいし、これらの2以上の組み合わせであってもよい。
 置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1~6のアルキル基における置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、メルカプト基、カルボキシ基、シアノ基、ホルミル基、ハロホルミル基、スルホ基、アミノ基、ニトロ基、ニトロソ基、オキソ基、チオキシ基、炭素原子数1~6のアルコキシ基などが挙げられる。
 なお、「置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1~6のアルキル基」の「炭素原子数1~6」とは、置換基を除く「アルキル基」の炭素原子数を指す。また、置換基の数としては特に限定されない。
Examples of optionally substituted alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in R a1 and R a2 in formula (4) include alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Examples of alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group and hexyl group. In the present specification, alkyl groups and alkylene groups may be linear, branched, or cyclic, unless otherwise specified for their structure. may be a combination of two or more of
Examples of substituents on the optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a mercapto group, a carboxy group, a cyano group, a formyl group, a haloformyl group, a sulfo group, an amino group, nitro group, nitroso group, oxo group, thioxy group, alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and the like.
The "1 to 6 carbon atoms" of the "optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms" refers to the number of carbon atoms in the "alkyl group" excluding substituents. Also, the number of substituents is not particularly limited.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
[式(5-a)中、Rは炭素原子数1~6のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~6のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~6のアルコキシ基を表し、mは0~4の整数を表す。mが2以上の時、Rは同じであってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。
 式(5-b)中、Zは直接結合、又は下記式(6-a)若しくは下記式(6-b)で表される2価の有機基を表し、R及びRはそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~6のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~6のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~6のアルコキシ基を表し、m及びmはそれぞれ独立して0~4の整数を表す。mが2以上の時、Rは同じであってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。mが2以上の時、Rは同じであってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。
 式(5-c)中、Rは炭素原子数1~6のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~6のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~6のアルコキシ基を表し、mは0~6の整数を表す。mが2以上の時、Rは同じであってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。
 *は結合手を表す。]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
[In the formula (5-a), R 3 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and m 1 represents 0 to 4 represents an integer of When m1 is 2 or more, R3 may be the same or different.
In formula (5-b), Z 2 represents a direct bond or a divalent organic group represented by formula (6-a) or (6-b) below, and R 4 and R 5 are each independent represents an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and m 2 and m 3 are each independently an integer of 0 to 4. show. When m2 is 2 or more, R4 may be the same or different. When m3 is 2 or more, R5 may be the same or different.
In formula (5-c), R 6 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and m 4 represents 0 to 6 represents an integer. When m4 is 2 or more, R6 may be the same or different.
* represents a bond. ]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
[式(6-a)中、R、及びRはそれぞれ独立に水素原子、又はハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1~6のアルキル基を表す。
 式(6-b)中、R、及びR10はそれぞれ独立に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1~6のアルキレン基又は置換されていてもよい炭素原子数6~12のアリーレン基を表す。
 *は結合手を表す。]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
[In formula (6-a), R 7 and R 8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom.
In formula (6-b), R 9 and R 10 are each independently an optionally substituted alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or an optionally substituted arylene group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms. show.
* represents a bond. ]
 Zは、本発明の効果を好適に得る観点から、式(5-b)で表される2価の有機基を表すことが好ましい。 Z 1 preferably represents a divalent organic group represented by formula (5-b) from the viewpoint of favorably obtaining the effects of the present invention.
 R及びRにおけるハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1~6のアルキル基としては、例えば、炭素原子数1~6のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~6のハロゲン化アルキル基などが挙げられる。
 炭素原子数1~6のアルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基などが挙げられる。
 炭素原子数1~6のハロゲン化アルキル基におけるハロゲン原子としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子が挙げられる。
 炭素原子数1~6のハロゲン化アルキル基におけるハロゲン化は、一部であってもよいし、全部であってもよい。
Examples of alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with halogen atoms for R 7 and R 8 include alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and halogenated alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. etc.
Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group and hexyl group.
Examples of the halogen atom in the halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom and iodine atom.
A halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms may be partially or completely halogenated.
 R及びR10における置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1~6のアルキレン基における置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、メルカプト基、カルボキシ基、シアノ基、ホルミル基、ハロホルミル基、スルホ基、アミノ基、ニトロ基、ニトロソ基、オキソ基、チオキシ基、炭素原子数1~6のアルコキシ基などが挙げられる。
 置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1~6のアルキレン基としては、例えば、炭素原子数1~6のアルキレン基、炭素原子数1~6のハロゲン化アルキレン基などが挙げられる。炭素原子数1~6のアルキレン基としては、例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、ブチレン基等が挙げられる。
 なお、「置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1~6のアルキレン基」の「炭素原子数1~6」とは、置換基を除く「アルキレン基」の炭素原子数を指す。また、置換基の数としては特に限定されない。
Examples of substituents on the optionally substituted alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in R 9 and R 10 include a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a mercapto group, a carboxy group, a cyano group, a formyl group, a haloformyl group, sulfo group, amino group, nitro group, nitroso group, oxo group, thioxy group, alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and the like.
Examples of optionally substituted alkylene groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include alkylene groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and halogenated alkylene groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Examples of the alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include methylene group, ethylene group, propylene group and butylene group.
The "1 to 6 carbon atoms" of the "optionally substituted alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms" refers to the number of carbon atoms in the "alkylene group" excluding substituents. Also, the number of substituents is not particularly limited.
 R及びR10における置換されていてもよい炭素原子数6~10のアリーレン基における置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、ハロゲン化されていてもよい炭素原子数1~6のアルキル基、ハロゲン化されていてもよい炭素原子数1~6のアルコキシ基などが挙げられる。なお、ハロゲン化は、一部であってもよいし、全部であってもよい。
 アリーレン基としては、例えば、フェニレン基、ナフチレン基等が挙げられる。
 なお、「置換されていてもよい炭素原子数6~10のアリーレン基」の「炭素原子数6~10」とは、置換基を除く「アリーレン基」の炭素原子数を指す。また、置換基の数としては特に限定されない。
Examples of substituents on the optionally substituted arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms in R 9 and R 10 include a halogen atom, an optionally halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, halogen and an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted. Halogenation may be partially or wholly.
The arylene group includes, for example, a phenylene group and a naphthylene group.
The "6 to 10 carbon atoms" of the "optionally substituted arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms" refers to the number of carbon atoms in the "arylene group" excluding substituents. Also, the number of substituents is not particularly limited.
 式(6-a)で表される2価の有機基としては、例えば、以下の式で表される2価の有機基が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 式中、*は結合手を表す。
Examples of the divalent organic group represented by formula (6-a) include divalent organic groups represented by the following formulas.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
In the formula, * represents a bond.
 式(6-b)で表される2価の有機基としては、例えば、以下の式で表される2価の有機基が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 式中、R31~R33はそれぞれ独立にハロゲン原子、ハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1~6のアルキル基、又はハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1~6のアルコキシ基を表す。n31は、0~5の整数を表す。n32及びn33はそれぞれ独立に0~4の整数を表す。R31が複数の場合、複数のR31は同じでもよいし異なっていてもよい。R32が複数の場合、複数のR32は同じでもよいし異なっていてもよい。R33が複数の場合、複数のR33は同じでもよいし異なっていてもよい。*は結合手を表す。
Examples of the divalent organic group represented by formula (6-b) include divalent organic groups represented by the following formulas.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
In the formula, R 31 to R 33 are each independently a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom, or a 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom represents an alkoxy group. n31 represents an integer of 0-5. n32 and n33 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4; When R 31 is plural, the plural R 31 may be the same or different. When R 32 is plural, the plural R 32 may be the same or different. When R 33 is plural, the plural R 33 may be the same or different. * represents a bond.
 R31~R33におけるハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1~6のアルキル基の具体例としては、例えば、炭素原子数1~6のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~6のハロゲン化アルキル基が挙げられる。
 炭素原子数1~6のアルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基などが挙げられる。
 炭素原子数1~6のハロゲン化アルキル基におけるハロゲン原子としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子が挙げられる。炭素原子数1~6のハロゲン化アルキル基におけるハロゲン化は、一部であってもよいし、全部であってもよい。
 R31~R33におけるハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1~6のアルコキシ基の具体例としては、ハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1~6のアルキル基をアルコキシ基にしたものが挙げられる。
Specific examples of alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with halogen atoms for R 31 to R 33 include alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and halogen having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. alkyl group.
Examples of alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group and hexyl group.
Examples of the halogen atom in the halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom and iodine atom. A halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms may be partially or completely halogenated.
Specific examples of the alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom for R 31 to R 33 are an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom. based on.
 Ar、Ar、及びArとしては、例えば、以下の式で表される4価の有機基が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 式中、*は結合手を表す。
Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 include, for example, tetravalent organic groups represented by the following formulae.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
In the formula, * represents a bond.
 また、Ar、Ar、及びArとしては、例えば、以下の式で表される4価の有機基であってもよい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 式中、*は結合手を表す。
Ar 1 , Ar 2 and Ar 3 may be, for example, tetravalent organic groups represented by the following formulas.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
In the formula, * represents a bond.
<<<X、X11、及びX12>>>
 Xは、2価の有機基を表す。Xは、例えば、光重合性基を有する2価の芳香族基を表す。
 X11は、光重合性基を有する2価の有機基を表す。X11は、例えば、光重合性基を有する2価の芳香族基を表す。
 X12は、2価の有機基を表す。
 X12は、例えば、光重合性基を有する。X12は、例えば、光重合性基を有する2価の有機基を表す。X12は、例えば、光重合性基を有する2価の芳香族基を表す。
<<<X, X 11 , and X 12 >>>
X represents a divalent organic group. X represents, for example, a divalent aromatic group having a photopolymerizable group.
X11 represents a divalent organic group having a photopolymerizable group. X 11 represents, for example, a divalent aromatic group having a photopolymerizable group.
X 12 represents a divalent organic group.
X 12 has, for example, a photopolymerizable group. X 12 represents, for example, a divalent organic group having a photopolymerizable group. X 12 represents, for example, a divalent aromatic group having a photopolymerizable group.
 光重合性基としては、例えば、ラジカル重合性基、カチオン重合性基、アニオン重合性基が挙げられる。これらの中でも、ラジカル重合性基が好ましい。
 ラジカル重合性基としては、例えば、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基、プロペニルエーテル基、ビニルエーテル基、ビニル基などが挙げられる。
Examples of photopolymerizable groups include radically polymerizable groups, cationic polymerizable groups, and anionically polymerizable groups. Among these, a radically polymerizable group is preferred.
Examples of radically polymerizable groups include acryloyl groups, methacryloyl groups, propenyl ether groups, vinyl ether groups, and vinyl groups.
 光重合性基を有する2価の芳香族基における芳香族環としては、例えば、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環などが挙げられる。 Examples of the aromatic ring in the divalent aromatic group having a photopolymerizable group include benzene ring, naphthalene ring, and anthracene ring.
 光重合性基を有する2価の芳香族基は、例えば、光重合性基を有する芳香族ジアミン化合物から2つのアミノ基を除いた残基である。 A divalent aromatic group having a photopolymerizable group is, for example, a residue obtained by removing two amino groups from an aromatic diamine compound having a photopolymerizable group.
 光重合性基を有する2価の芳香族基としては、下記式(9-a)で表される2価の有機基が好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
[式(9-a)中、Vは直接結合、エーテル結合(-O-)、エステル結合(-COO-)、アミド結合(-NHCO-)、ウレタン結合(-NHCOO-)、又はウレア結合(-NHCONH-)を表し、Wは酸素原子又はNH基を表し、R15は直接結合、又は水酸基で置換されていてもよい炭素原子数2~6のアルキレン基を表し、R16は水素原子又はメチル基を表し、*は結合手を表す。]
As the divalent aromatic group having a photopolymerizable group, a divalent organic group represented by the following formula (9-a) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
[In the formula (9-a), V 1 is a direct bond, an ether bond (-O-), an ester bond (-COO-), an amide bond (-NHCO-), a urethane bond (-NHCOO-), or a urea bond (—NHCONH—), W 1 represents an oxygen atom or an NH group, R 15 represents a direct bond or an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a hydroxyl group, and R 16 represents hydrogen represents an atom or a methyl group, and * represents a bond. ]
 式(9-a)における2つの結合手は、例えば、窒素原子に結合する結合手である。 The two bonds in formula (9-a) are, for example, bonds that bond to a nitrogen atom.
 本明細書において、水酸基で置換されていてもよい炭素原子数2~6のアルキレン基としては、例えば、1,1-エチレン基、1,2-エチレン基、1,2-プロピレン基、1,3-プロピレン基、1,4-ブチレン基、1,2-ブチレン基、2,3-ブチレン基、1,2-ペンチレン基、2,4-ペンチレン基、1,2-へキシレン基、1,2-シクロプロピレン基、1,2-シクロブチレン基、1,3-シクロブチレン基、1,2-シクロペンチレン基、1,2-シクロへキシレン基、これらの水素原子の少なくとも一部が水酸基で置換されたアルキレン基(例えば、2-ヒドロキシ-1,3-プロピレン基)などが挙げられる。 In the present specification, the alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a hydroxyl group includes, for example, 1,1-ethylene group, 1,2-ethylene group, 1,2-propylene group, 1, 3-propylene group, 1,4-butylene group, 1,2-butylene group, 2,3-butylene group, 1,2-pentylene group, 2,4-pentylene group, 1,2-hexylene group, 1, 2-cyclopropylene group, 1,2-cyclobutylene group, 1,3-cyclobutylene group, 1,2-cyclopentylene group, 1,2-cyclohexylene group, at least part of these hydrogen atoms are hydroxyl groups and an alkylene group substituted with (eg, 2-hydroxy-1,3-propylene group).
 Vはエステル結合(-COO-)を表すことが好ましい。
 Wは酸素原子を表すことが好ましい。
 R15は1,2-エチレン基を表すことが好ましい。
V 1 preferably represents an ester bond (--COO--).
W1 preferably represents an oxygen atom.
R 15 preferably represents a 1,2-ethylene group.
 式(9-a)で表される2価の有機基としては、以下の式で表される2価の有機基が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 式中、*は結合手を表す。2つの結合手は、例えば、光重合性基を有する置換基に対してメタ位に位置する。
Examples of the divalent organic group represented by formula (9-a) include divalent organic groups represented by the following formulas.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
In the formula, * represents a bond. The two bonds are, for example, positioned meta to the substituent having a photopolymerizable group.
 X、及びX12は、より低い誘電正接の膜が得られる点から、3つ以上の芳香族環を有する2価の有機基を表すことが好ましい。ここでの3つ以上の芳香族環を有する2価の有機基は、上記の光重合性基を有する2価の芳香族基とは異なる有機基を指す。 X and X12 preferably represent a divalent organic group having three or more aromatic rings from the viewpoint of obtaining a film with a lower dielectric loss tangent. The divalent organic group having three or more aromatic rings as used herein refers to an organic group different from the divalent aromatic group having a photopolymerizable group.
 3つ以上の芳香族環を有する2価の有機基は、例えば、3つ以上の芳香族環を有する芳香族ジアミン化合物から2つのアミノ基を除いた残基である。 A divalent organic group having three or more aromatic rings is, for example, a residue obtained by removing two amino groups from an aromatic diamine compound having three or more aromatic rings.
 3つ以上の芳香族環を有する2価の有機基における芳香族環の数としては、3つ以上であれば、特に限定されないが、例えば、4つ以上であってもよい。芳香族環の数の上限値としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、8つ以下であってもよいし、6つ以下であってもよい。 The number of aromatic rings in the divalent organic group having 3 or more aromatic rings is not particularly limited as long as it is 3 or more, but may be 4 or more, for example. The upper limit of the number of aromatic rings is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 8 or less, or 6 or less.
 3つ以上の芳香族環を有する2価の有機基としては、特に限定されないが、好ましくは下記式(13)で表される2価の有機基である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
[式(13)中、X21及びX22はそれぞれ独立に直接結合、エーテル結合(-O-)、エステル結合(-COO-)、アミド結合(-NHCO-)、ウレタン結合(-NHCOO-)、ウレア結合(-NHCONH-)、チオエーテル結合(-S-)又はスルホニル結合(-SO-)を表す。
 R21及びR22はそれぞれ独立に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1~6のアルキル基を表す。
 Y20は上記式(5-a)、上記式(5-b)又は上記式(5-c)で表される2価の有機基を表す。
 n21及びn22はそれぞれ独立に0~4の整数を表す。
 R21が複数の場合、複数のR21は同じでもよいし異なっていてもよい。R22が複数の場合、複数のR22は同じでもよいし異なっていてもよい。
 *は結合手を表す。]
Although the divalent organic group having three or more aromatic rings is not particularly limited, it is preferably a divalent organic group represented by the following formula (13).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
[In the formula (13), X 21 and X 22 are each independently a direct bond, an ether bond (-O-), an ester bond (-COO-), an amide bond (-NHCO-), a urethane bond (-NHCOO-) , represents a urea bond (-NHCONH-), a thioether bond (-S-) or a sulfonyl bond (-SO 2 -).
R 21 and R 22 each independently represent an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
Y 20 represents a divalent organic group represented by the formula (5-a), the formula (5-b) or the formula (5-c).
n21 and n22 each independently represents an integer of 0 to 4;
When R 21 is plural, the plural R 21 may be the same or different. When R 22 is plural, the plural R 22 may be the same or different.
* represents a bond. ]
 式(13)中のR21及びR22における置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1~6のアルキル基としては、例えば、炭素原子数1~6のアルキル基が挙げられる。炭素原子数1~6のアルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基などが挙げられる。本明細書において、アルキル基、アルキレン基は、その構造について特に言及されていない限り、直鎖状であってもよいし、分岐状であってもよいし、環状であってもよいし、これらの2以上の組み合わせであってもよい。
 置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1~6のアルキル基における置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、メルカプト基、カルボキシ基、シアノ基、ホルミル基、ハロホルミル基、スルホ基、アミノ基、ニトロ基、ニトロソ基、オキソ基、チオキシ基、炭素原子数1~6のアルコキシ基などが挙げられる。
 なお、「置換されていてもよい炭素原子数1~6のアルキル基」の「炭素原子数1~6」とは、置換基を除く「アルキル基」の炭素原子数を指す。また、置換基の数としては特に限定されない。
The optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in R 21 and R 22 in formula (13) includes, for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group and hexyl group. In the present specification, alkyl groups and alkylene groups may be linear, branched, or cyclic, unless otherwise specified for their structure. may be a combination of two or more of
Examples of substituents on the optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a mercapto group, a carboxy group, a cyano group, a formyl group, a haloformyl group, a sulfo group, an amino group, nitro group, nitroso group, oxo group, thioxy group, alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and the like.
The "1 to 6 carbon atoms" of the "optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms" refers to the number of carbon atoms in the "alkyl group" excluding substituents. Also, the number of substituents is not particularly limited.
 3つ以上の芳香族環を有する2価の有機基としては、例えば、以下の式で表される2価の有機基が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 式中、*は結合手を表す。
Examples of divalent organic groups having three or more aromatic rings include divalent organic groups represented by the following formulae.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
In the formula, * represents a bond.
 その他の2価の有機基としては、例えば、以下の式で表される2価の有機基が挙げられる。これらの2価の有機基は、例えば、ジアミンから2つのアミノ基を除いた残基である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 式中、*は結合手を表す。
Other divalent organic groups include, for example, divalent organic groups represented by the following formulas. These divalent organic groups are, for example, residues obtained by removing two amino groups from diamine.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
In the formula, * represents a bond.
<<<L及びL>>>
 L、及びLは、それぞれ独立して、1価の有機基を表す。
 1価の有機基としては、例えば、炭素原子数1~30のアルキル基が挙げられる。
 炭素原子数1~30のアルキル基としては、直鎖状アルキル基、分岐鎖状アルキル基、脂環式アルキル基などが挙げられる。
 炭素原子数1~30の直鎖状アルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基(アミル基)、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、オクチル基、ノニル基、デシル基、ウンデシル基、ドデシル基(ラウリル基)、トリデシル基、テトラデシル基(ミリスチル基)、ペンタデシル基、ヘキサデシル基(パルミチル基)、ヘプタデシル基(マルガリル基)、オクタデシル基(ステアリル基)、ノナデシル基、イコシル基(アラキル基)、ヘンイコシル基、ドコシル基(ベヘニル基)、トリコシル基、テトラコシル基(リグノセリル基)、ペンタコシル基、ヘキサコシル基、ヘプタコシル基などが挙げられる。
 炭素原子数1~30の分岐鎖状アルキル基としては、例えば、イソプロピル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、イソペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、tert-ペンチル基、sec-イソアミル基、イソヘキシル基、ネオへキシル基、4-メチルヘキシル基、5-メチルヘキシル基、1-エチルヘキシル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、3-エチルヘキシル基、4-エチルヘキシル基、2-エチルペンチル基、ヘプタン-3-イル基、ヘプタン-4-イル基、4-メチルヘキサン-2-イル基、3-メチルヘキサン-3-イル基、2,3-ジメチルペンタン-2-イル基、2,4-ジメチルペンタン-2-イル基、4,4-ジメチルペンタン-2-イル基、6-メチルヘプチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、オクタン-2-イル基、6-メチルヘプタン-2-イル基、6-メチルオクチル基、3,5,5-トリメチルヘキシル基、ノナン-4-イル基、2,6-ジメチルヘプタン-3-イル基、3,6-ジメチルヘプタン-3-イル基、3-エチルヘプタン-3-イル基、3,7-ジメチルオクチル基、8-メチルノニル基、3-メチルノナン-3-イル基、4-エチルオクタン-4-イル基、9-メチルデシル基、ウンデカン-5-イル基、3-エチルノナン-3-イル基、5-エチルノナン-5-イル基、2,2,4,5,5-ペンタメチルヘキサン-4-イル基、10-メチルウンデシル基、11-メチルドデシル基、トリデカン-6-イル基、トリデカン-7-イル基、7-エチルウンデカン-2-イル基、3-エチルウンデカン-3-イル基、5-エチルウンデカン-5-イル基、12-メチルトリデシル基、13-メチルテトラデシル基、ペンタデカン-7-イル基、ペンタデカン-8-イル基、14-メチルペンタデシル基、15-メチルヘキサデシル基、ヘプタデカン-8-イル基、ヘプタデカン-9-イル基、3,13-ジメチルペンタデカン-7-イル基、2,2,4,8,10,10-ヘキサメチルウンデカン-5-イル基、16-メチルヘプタデシル基、17-メチルオクタデシル基、ノナデカン-9-イル基、ノナデカン-10-イル基、2,6,10,14-テトラメチルペンタデカン-7-イル基、18-メチルノナデシル基、19-メチルイコシル基、ヘンイコサン-10-イル基、20-メチルヘンイコシル基、21-メチルドコシル基、トリコサン-11-イル基、22-メチルトリコシル基、23-メチルテトラコシル基、ペンタコサン-12-イル基、ペンタコサン-13-イル基、2,22-ジメチルトリコサン-11-イル基、3,21-ジメチルトリコサン-11-イル基、9,15-ジメチルトリコサン-11-イル基、24-メチルペンタコシル基、25-メチルヘキサコシル基、ヘプタコサン-13-イル基などが挙げられる。
 炭素原子数1~30の脂環式アルキル基としては、例えば、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロへキシル基、4-tert-ブチルシクロヘキシル基、1,6-ジメチルシクロヘキシル基、メンチル基、シクロヘプチル基、シクロオクチル基、ビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプタン-2-イル基、ボルニル基、イソボルニル基、1-アダマンチル基、2-アダマンチル基、トリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デカン-4-イル基、トリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デカン-8-イル基、シクロドデシル基などが挙げられる。
<<<L 1 and L 2 >>>
L 1 and L 2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group.
Monovalent organic groups include, for example, alkyl groups having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
Examples of alkyl groups having 1 to 30 carbon atoms include straight-chain alkyl groups, branched-chain alkyl groups and alicyclic alkyl groups.
Linear alkyl groups having 1 to 30 carbon atoms include, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group (amyl group), hexyl group, heptyl group, octyl group, nonyl group and decyl group. , undecyl group, dodecyl group (lauryl group), tridecyl group, tetradecyl group (myristyl group), pentadecyl group, hexadecyl group (palmityl group), heptadecyl group (margaryl group), octadecyl group (stearyl group), nonadecyl group, icosyl group (arachyl group), henicosyl group, docosyl group (behenyl group), tricosyl group, tetracosyl group (lignoceryl group), pentacosyl group, hexacosyl group, heptacosyl group and the like.
Branched alkyl groups having 1 to 30 carbon atoms include, for example, isopropyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, isopentyl group, neopentyl group, tert-pentyl group, sec-isoamyl group and isohexyl. group, neohexyl group, 4-methylhexyl group, 5-methylhexyl group, 1-ethylhexyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, 3-ethylhexyl group, 4-ethylhexyl group, 2-ethylpentyl group, heptane-3-yl group, heptane-4-yl group, 4-methylhexan-2-yl group, 3-methylhexan-3-yl group, 2,3-dimethylpentan-2-yl group, 2,4-dimethylpentane-2- yl group, 4,4-dimethylpentan-2-yl group, 6-methylheptyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, octan-2-yl group, 6-methylheptan-2-yl group, 6-methyloctyl group, 3 , 5,5-trimethylhexyl group, nonan-4-yl group, 2,6-dimethylheptan-3-yl group, 3,6-dimethylheptan-3-yl group, 3-ethylheptan-3-yl group, 3,7-dimethyloctyl group, 8-methylnonyl group, 3-methylnonan-3-yl group, 4-ethyloctan-4-yl group, 9-methyldecyl group, undecane-5-yl group, 3-ethylnonane-3- yl group, 5-ethylnonan-5-yl group, 2,2,4,5,5-pentamethylhexan-4-yl group, 10-methylundecyl group, 11-methyldodecyl group, tridecane-6-yl group , tridecane-7-yl group, 7-ethylundecane-2-yl group, 3-ethylundecane-3-yl group, 5-ethylundecane-5-yl group, 12-methyltridecyl group, 13-methyltetradecyl group, pentadecane-7-yl group, pentadecane-8-yl group, 14-methylpentadecyl group, 15-methylhexadecyl group, heptadecan-8-yl group, heptadecan-9-yl group, 3,13-dimethylpentadecane -7-yl group, 2,2,4,8,10,10-hexamethylundecane-5-yl group, 16-methylheptadecyl group, 17-methyloctadecyl group, nonadecan-9-yl group, nonadecan-10 -yl group, 2,6,10,14-tetramethylpentadecan-7-yl group, 18-methylnonadecyl group, 19-methylicosyl group, henicosan-10-yl group, 20-methylhenicosyl group, 21-methyldocosyl group , tricosan-11-yl group, 22-methyltricosyl group, 23-methyltetracosyl group, pentacosan-12-yl group, pentacosan-13-yl group, 2,22-dimethyltricosan-11-yl group, 3,21-dimethyltricosan-11-yl group, 9,15-dimethyltricosan-11-yl group, 24-methylpentacosyl group, 25-methylhexacosyl group, heptacosan-13-yl group, etc. mentioned.
Examples of alicyclic alkyl groups having 1 to 30 carbon atoms include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 4-tert-butylcyclohexyl, 1,6-dimethylcyclohexyl and menthyl groups. , cycloheptyl group, cyclooctyl group, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl group, bornyl group, isobornyl group, 1-adamantyl group, 2-adamantyl group, tricyclo[5.2.1.0 2 ,6 ]decan-4-yl group, tricyclo[5.2.1.0 2,6 ]decan-8-yl group, cyclododecyl group and the like.
 また、L、及びLは、光重合性基を有していてもよい。即ち、L、及びLは、光重合性基を有する1価の有機基であってもよい。
 光重合性基としては、例えば、ラジカル重合性基、カチオン重合性基、アニオン重合性基が挙げられる。これらの中でも、ラジカル重合性基が好ましい。
 ラジカル重合性基としては、例えば、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基、プロペニルエーテル基、ビニルエーテル基、ビニル基などが挙げられる。
Also, L 1 and L 2 may have a photopolymerizable group. That is, L 1 and L 2 may be monovalent organic groups having photopolymerizable groups.
Photopolymerizable groups include, for example, radically polymerizable groups, cationic polymerizable groups, and anionically polymerizable groups. Among these, a radically polymerizable group is preferred.
Examples of radically polymerizable groups include acryloyl groups, methacryloyl groups, propenyl ether groups, vinyl ether groups, and vinyl groups.
 光重合性基を有する1価の有機基としては、下記式(9-b)で表される1価の有機基が好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
[式(9-b)中、Wは酸素原子又はNH基を表し、R17は直接結合、又は水酸基で置換されていてもよい炭素原子数2~6のアルキレン基を表し、R18は水素原子又はメチル基を表し、*は結合手を表す。]
As the monovalent organic group having a photopolymerizable group, a monovalent organic group represented by the following formula (9-b) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
[In the formula (9-b), W 2 represents an oxygen atom or an NH group, R 17 represents a direct bond or an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a hydroxyl group, and R 18 represents represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and * represents a bond. ]
 Wは酸素原子を表すことが好ましい。
 R17は1,2-エチレン基を表すことが好ましい。
W2 preferably represents an oxygen atom.
R 17 preferably represents a 1,2-ethylene group.
 ポリイミド(1)は、例えば、ジアミン成分とテトラカルボン酸誘導体との反応生成物であるポリアミック酸のイミド化物である。
 ポリイミド(1)のイミド化率は100%である必要はない。ポリイミド(1)のイミド化率は、例えば90%以上であってもよいし、95%以上であってもよいし、98%以上であってもよい。
Polyimide (1) is, for example, an imidized polyamic acid that is a reaction product of a diamine component and a tetracarboxylic acid derivative.
The imidization rate of polyimide (1) need not be 100%. The imidization rate of polyimide (1) may be, for example, 90% or more, 95% or more, or 98% or more.
 ポリアミック酸(2)は、例えば、ジアミン成分とテトラカルボン酸誘導体との反応生成物である。
 ポリアミック酸エステル(3)は、例えば、ジアミン成分とテトラカルボン酸ジエステルとの反応生成物である。
Polyamic acid (2) is, for example, a reaction product of a diamine component and a tetracarboxylic acid derivative.
Polyamic acid ester (3) is, for example, a reaction product of a diamine component and a tetracarboxylic acid diester.
 ここで、テトラカルボン酸誘導体としては、テトラカルボン酸、テトラカルボン酸ジエステル、テトラカルボン酸ジハロゲン化物、テトラカルボン酸二無水物などが挙げられる。 Here, examples of tetracarboxylic acid derivatives include tetracarboxylic acids, tetracarboxylic acid diesters, tetracarboxylic acid dihalides, tetracarboxylic acid dianhydrides, and the like.
<<ポリイミド及びその前駆体の製造方法>>
 ポリイミド及びその前駆体の製造方法としては、特に限定されず、例えば、ジアミン成分とテトラカルボン酸誘導体とを反応させてポリアミック酸、ポリアミック酸エステル又はポリイミドを得る公知の方法が挙げられる。ポリアミック酸、ポリアミック酸エステル及びポリイミドは、例えば、WO2013/157586号公報に記載されるような公知の方法で合成出来る。
<<Method for producing polyimide and its precursor>>
The method for producing the polyimide and its precursor is not particularly limited, and includes, for example, a known method in which a diamine component and a tetracarboxylic acid derivative are reacted to obtain a polyamic acid, a polyamic acid ester, or a polyimide. Polyamic acids, polyamic acid esters and polyimides can be synthesized by known methods such as those described in WO2013/157586.
 ポリアミック酸又はポリアミック酸エステルの製造は、例えば、ジアミン成分とテトラカルボン酸誘導体とを溶媒中で(縮重合)反応させることにより行われる。 A polyamic acid or a polyamic acid ester is produced, for example, by reacting (condensation polymerization) a diamine component and a tetracarboxylic acid derivative in a solvent.
 上記溶媒の具体例としては、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン、γ-ブチロラクトン、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N,N-ジメチルプロピオンアミド、N,N-ジメチルイソ酪酸アミド、ジメチルスルホキシド、1,3-ジメチル-2-イミダゾリジノンが挙げられる。また、重合体の溶媒溶解性が高い場合は、メチルエチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン、4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノン、又は下記の式[D-1]~式[D-3]で示される溶媒を用いることができる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
(式[D-1]中、Dは炭素原子数1~3のアルキル基を示し、式[D-2]中、Dは炭素原子数1~3のアルキル基を示し、式[D-3]中、Dは炭素原子数1~4のアルキル基を表す。)
Specific examples of the above solvents include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, γ-butyrolactone, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-dimethylpropionamide, N,N-dimethylisobutyric acid amide, dimethylsulfoxide, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone. Further, when the polymer has high solvent solubility, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone, or the following formulas [D-1] to [D-3] Any of the indicated solvents can be used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
(In formula [D-1], D 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms; in formula [D-2], D 2 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms; -3], D 3 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.)
 これら溶媒は単独で使用しても、混合して使用してもよい。さらに、ポリアミック酸を溶解しない溶媒であっても、ポリアミック酸又はポリアミック酸エステルが析出しない範囲で、上記溶媒に混合して使用してもよい。 These solvents may be used alone or in combination. Further, even a solvent that does not dissolve the polyamic acid may be mixed with the above solvent and used within the range that the polyamic acid or the polyamic acid ester does not precipitate.
 ジアミン成分とテトラカルボン酸誘導体とを溶媒中で反応させる際には、反応は任意の濃度で行うことができるが、好ましくは1質量%~50質量%、より好ましくは5質量%~30質量%である。反応初期は高濃度で行い、その後、溶媒を追加することもできる。
 反応においては、ジアミン成分の合計モル数とテトラカルボン酸誘導体の合計モル数の比は0.8~1.2であることが好ましい。通常の縮重合反応同様、このモル比が1.0に近いほど生成するポリアミック酸の分子量は大きくなる。
When the diamine component and the tetracarboxylic acid derivative are reacted in a solvent, the reaction can be carried out at any concentration, preferably 1% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass to 30% by mass. is. The initial stage of the reaction can be carried out at a high concentration, and then the solvent can be added.
In the reaction, the ratio of the total number of moles of the diamine component to the total number of moles of the tetracarboxylic acid derivative is preferably 0.8 to 1.2. Similar to a normal polycondensation reaction, the closer this molar ratio is to 1.0, the greater the molecular weight of the polyamic acid produced.
 ジアミン成分とテトラカルボン酸誘導体とを反応させる際には、光重合性基の重合を避けるために、熱重合禁止剤を反応系に添加してもよい。
 熱重合禁止剤としては、例えば、ヒドロキノン、4-メトキシフェノール、N-ニトロソジフェニルアミン、p-tert-ブチルカテコール、フェノチアジン、N-フェニルナフチルアミン、エチレンジアミン四酢酸、1,2-シクロヘキサンジアミン四酢酸、グリコールエーテルジアミン四酢酸、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール、5-ニトロソ-8-ヒドロキシキノリン、1-ニトロソ-2-ナフトール、2-ニトロソ-1-ナフトール、2-ニトロソ-5-(N-エチル-N-スルフォプロピルアミノ)フェノール、N-ニトロソ-N-フェニルヒドロキシルアミンアンモニウム塩、N-ニトロソ-N(1-ナフチル)ヒドロキシルアミンアンモニウム塩等が挙げられる。
 熱重合禁止剤の使用量としては、特に限定されない。
When reacting the diamine component and the tetracarboxylic acid derivative, a thermal polymerization inhibitor may be added to the reaction system in order to avoid polymerization of the photopolymerizable group.
Examples of thermal polymerization inhibitors include hydroquinone, 4-methoxyphenol, N-nitrosodiphenylamine, p-tert-butylcatechol, phenothiazine, N-phenylnaphthylamine, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, 1,2-cyclohexanediaminetetraacetic acid, and glycol ether. diaminetetraacetic acid, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, 5-nitroso-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-nitroso-2-naphthol, 2-nitroso-1-naphthol, 2-nitroso-5-( N-ethyl-N-sulfopropylamino)phenol, N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxylamine ammonium salt, N-nitroso-N(1-naphthyl)hydroxylamine ammonium salt and the like.
The amount of thermal polymerization inhibitor to be used is not particularly limited.
 ポリイミドは、上記反応で得られたポリアミック酸を脱水閉環して得られる。
 ポリイミドを得る方法としては、上記反応で得られたポリアミック酸の溶液をそのまま加熱する熱イミド化、又はポリアミック酸の溶液に触媒を添加する化学イミド化が挙げられる。溶液中で熱イミド化させる場合の温度は、100℃~400℃、好ましくは120℃~250℃であり、イミド化反応により生成する水を系外に除きながら行う方が好ましい。
Polyimide is obtained by dehydrating and ring-closing the polyamic acid obtained by the above reaction.
Methods for obtaining polyimide include thermal imidization in which the polyamic acid solution obtained by the above reaction is heated as it is, and chemical imidization in which a catalyst is added to the polyamic acid solution. The temperature for thermal imidization in a solution is 100° C. to 400° C., preferably 120° C. to 250° C. It is preferable to remove water generated by the imidization reaction from the system.
 上記化学イミド化は、反応で得られたポリアミック酸の溶液に、塩基性触媒と酸無水物とを添加し、-20℃~250℃、好ましくは0℃~180℃で撹拌することにより行うことができる。塩基性触媒の量はアミド酸基の0.1モル倍~30モル倍、好ましくは0.2モル倍~20モル倍であり、酸無水物の量はアミド酸基の1モル倍~50モル倍、好ましくは1.5モル倍~30モル倍である。塩基性触媒としてはピリジン、トリエチルアミン、トリメチルアミン、トリブチルアミン、トリオクチルアミンなどを挙げることができ、なかでも、トリエチルアミンは副生成物であるポリイソイミドが生成しにくいので好ましい。酸無水物としては、無水酢酸、無水トリメリット酸、無水ピロメリット酸などを挙げることができ、なかでも、無水酢酸を用いると反応終了後の精製が容易となるので好ましい。化学イミド化によるイミド化率(ポリイミド前駆体の有する全繰り返し単位に対する閉環される繰り返し単位の割合、閉環率ともいう。)は、触媒量と反応温度、反応時間を調節することにより制御することができる。 The chemical imidization is carried out by adding a basic catalyst and an acid anhydride to the polyamic acid solution obtained by the reaction and stirring at -20°C to 250°C, preferably 0°C to 180°C. can be done. The amount of the basic catalyst is 0.1 to 30 times the moles of the amic acid groups, preferably 0.2 to 20 times the moles, and the amount of the acid anhydride is 1 to 50 times the moles of the amic acid groups. times, preferably 1.5- to 30-fold. Examples of basic catalysts include pyridine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, tributylamine, and trioctylamine. Among them, triethylamine is preferred because polyisoimide as a by-product is less likely to form. Examples of the acid anhydride include acetic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, and pyromellitic anhydride. Among them, acetic anhydride is preferable because purification after completion of the reaction is facilitated. The rate of imidization by chemical imidization (ratio of repeating units to be ring-closed to all repeating units of the polyimide precursor, also referred to as rate of ring closure) can be controlled by adjusting the amount of catalyst, reaction temperature, and reaction time. can.
 上記イミド化の反応溶液から、生成したイミド化物を回収する場合には、反応溶液を溶媒に投入して沈殿させればよい。沈殿に用いる溶媒としてはメタノール、エタノール、イソプロピルアルコール、アセトン、ヘキサン、ブチルセロソルブ、ヘプタン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、トルエン、ベンゼン、水などを挙げることができる。溶媒に投入して沈殿させたポリマーは濾過して回収した後、常圧あるいは減圧下で、常温あるいは加熱して乾燥することができる。 In the case of recovering the produced imidized product from the imidization reaction solution, the reaction solution may be put into a solvent to precipitate. Solvents used for precipitation include methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, acetone, hexane, butyl cellosolve, heptane, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, toluene, benzene, and water. The polymer precipitated by putting it into a solvent can be filtered and recovered, and then dried at room temperature or under heat under normal pressure or reduced pressure.
 ポリイミド及びその前駆体は、末端封止がされていてもよい。末端封止の方法としては、特に制限されず、例えば、モノアミン又は酸無水物を用いた従来公知の方法を用いることができる。 The polyimide and its precursor may be end-sealed. A method for terminal blocking is not particularly limited, and for example, a conventionally known method using a monoamine or an acid anhydride can be used.
<<ポリベンゾオキサゾール及びその前駆体>>
 ポリベンゾオキサゾールとしては、ベンゾオキサゾールを繰り返し単位中に含むポリマーであれば、特に制限はなく、他の繰り返し単位を有する共重合体であってもよい。
 ポリベンゾオキサゾールは、例えば、ジカルボン酸と、ジアミンとしてビスアミノフェノール化合物とをポリリン酸を用いた反応により、脱水閉環させることによって得られる。また、ポリベンゾオキサゾールは、例えば、ポリヒドロキシアミドを、加熱又は無水リン酸、塩基若しくはカルボジイミド化合物などを用いた反応により、脱水閉環させることによって得られる。
<<Polybenzoxazole and its precursor>>
Polybenzoxazole is not particularly limited as long as it is a polymer containing benzoxazole in the repeating unit, and may be a copolymer having other repeating units.
Polybenzoxazole can be obtained, for example, by dehydrating and ring-closing a dicarboxylic acid and a bisaminophenol compound as a diamine through a reaction using polyphosphoric acid. Polybenzoxazole can be obtained, for example, by subjecting polyhydroxyamide to dehydration and ring closure by heating or by reaction with phosphoric anhydride, a base, or a carbodiimide compound.
 ポリベンゾオキサゾールの前駆体としては、ベンゾオキサゾール単位を与える構成単位を含むポリマーであれば、特に制限はなく、他の繰り返し単位を有する共重合体であってもよい。
 ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体としては、例えば、ジカルボン酸、対応するジカルボン酸二塩化物又はジカルボン酸活性ジエステルなどと、ジアミンとしてビスアミノフェノール化合物などと、を反応させることによって得られる。ポリベンゾオキサゾール前駆体としては、例えば、ポリヒドロキシアミドが挙げられる。
The precursor of polybenzoxazole is not particularly limited as long as it is a polymer containing a structural unit providing a benzoxazole unit, and may be a copolymer having other repeating units.
A polybenzoxazole precursor can be obtained, for example, by reacting a dicarboxylic acid, a corresponding dicarboxylic acid dichloride, or a dicarboxylic acid active diester with a diamine such as a bisaminophenol compound. Polybenzoxazole precursors include, for example, polyhydroxyamides.
 樹脂組成物が感光性樹脂組成物である場合、ポリベンゾオキサゾール及びその前駆体は、重合性不飽和基を有することが好ましい。重合性不飽和基としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリロイル基が挙げられる。 When the resin composition is a photosensitive resin composition, the polybenzoxazole and its precursor preferably have a polymerizable unsaturated group. Examples of polymerizable unsaturated groups include (meth)acryloyl groups.
 ポリイミド等の重量平均分子量としては、特に限定されないが、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(以下、本明細書ではGPCと略称する)によるポリエチレンオキシド換算で測定される重量平均分子量は、5,000~100,000が好ましく、7,000~50,000がより好ましく、10,000~50,000が更に好ましく、10,000~40,000が特に好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight of polyimide or the like is not particularly limited, but the weight average molecular weight measured in terms of polyethylene oxide by gel permeation chromatography (hereinafter abbreviated as GPC in this specification) is 5,000 to 100, 000 is preferred, 7,000 to 50,000 is more preferred, 10,000 to 50,000 is even more preferred, and 10,000 to 40,000 is particularly preferred.
<式(A)で表される化合物>
 樹脂組成物は、下記式(A)で表される化合物を含む。
 ポリイミド等を含む樹脂組成物が式(A)で表される化合物を含むことで、金属配線を表面に有する基板上において、優れた密着性、優れた酸化防止性、及び低い誘電正接を兼ね備える膜が得られる。
<Compound Represented by Formula (A)>
The resin composition contains a compound represented by the following formula (A).
A film having excellent adhesion, excellent antioxidant properties, and low dielectric loss tangent on a substrate having metal wiring on its surface by including the compound represented by formula (A) in a resin composition containing polyimide or the like. is obtained.
 本発明者らは、金属配線を表面に有する基板上において、優れた密着性、優れた酸化防止性、及び低い誘電正接を兼ね備える膜が得られる樹脂組成物を得るために鋭意検討を行った。
 その中で、トリアゾール化合物(例えば、5-メチル-1H-ベンゾトリアゾールなど)、フェノール系酸化防止剤(例えば、IRGANOX[登録商標]3114など)、シランカップリング剤(例えば、KBM-5103など)、トリアジン系金属イオン捕捉剤(例えば、2,4-ジアミノ-6-ブチルアミノ-1,3,5-トリアジン、2,4-ジアミノ-6-ジアリルアミノ-1,3,5-トリアジン、6-(ジブチルアミノ)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4-ジチオールなど)などの種々の添加剤を用いて検討を行った結果、式(A)で表される化合物を用いることで、金属配線を表面に有する基板上において、優れた密着性、優れた酸化防止性、及び低い誘電正接を兼ね備える膜が得られる樹脂組成物が得られることを見出した。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
[式(A)中、Rは水素原子、水酸基、メチロール基、又は炭素原子数1~30のアルキル基を表す。Rは炭素原子数1~30のアルキル基を表す。mは0~3の整数を表し、nは1~4の整数を表し、mとnの合計の最大は4である。]
The present inventors have made intensive studies to obtain a resin composition that can provide a film having both excellent adhesion, excellent antioxidant properties, and low dielectric loss tangent on a substrate having metal wiring on its surface.
Among them, triazole compounds (e.g., 5-methyl-1H-benzotriazole, etc.), phenolic antioxidants (e.g., IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114, etc.), silane coupling agents (e.g., KBM-5103, etc.), Triazine-based metal ion scavengers (for example, 2,4-diamino-6-butylamino-1,3,5-triazine, 2,4-diamino-6-diallylamino-1,3,5-triazine, 6-( Dibutylamino)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4-dithiol, etc.) As a result of investigations using various additives, it was found that by using the compound represented by formula (A), metal wiring on the surface of the substrate, it has been found that a resin composition can be obtained that provides a film having excellent adhesion, excellent antioxidant properties, and a low dielectric loss tangent.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
[In the formula (A), R a represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a methylol group, or an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. R b represents an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. m represents an integer of 0 to 3, n represents an integer of 1 to 4, and the maximum sum of m and n is 4. ]
 炭素原子数1~30のアルキル基としては、炭素原子数1~20のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素原子数1~10のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素原子数1~6のアルキル基が特に好ましい。 The alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
 炭素原子数1~30のアルキル基としては、例えば、直鎖アルキル基、分岐アルキル基、環状アルキル基が挙げられる。
 直鎖アルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、オクチル基、ノニル基、デシル基、ウンデシル基、ドデシル基、トリデシル基、テトラデシル基、ペンタデシル基、ヘキサデシル黄、ヘプタデシル基、オクタデシル基、ノナデシル基、イコシル基、ヘンイコシル基、ドコシル基などが挙げられる。
 分岐アルキル基としては、例えば、イソプロピル基、イソブチル基、イソバレリル基、イソヘキシル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、3-エチルヘプチル基、2-エチルオクチル基、3-エチルデシル基、2-ヘキシルデシル基、2-ヘキシルウンデシル基、2-オクチルデシル基、2-オクチルドデシル基、2-デシルドデシル基、2-デシルテトラデシル基、2-デシルヘキサデシル基、3-ヘキシルデシル基、3-オクチルデシル基、3-オクチルドデシル基、3-デシルテトラデシル基、3-デシルヘキサデシル基、4-ヘキシルデシル基、4-オクチルデシル基、4-オクチルドデシル基、4-デシルテトラデシル基、4-デシルヘキサデシル基、4-シクロヘキシルブチル基、8-シクロヘキシルオクチル基などが挙げられる。
 環状アルキル基としては、例えば、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロヘプチル基、3-デシルシクロペンチル基、4-デシルシクロヘキシル基などが挙げられる。
Examples of alkyl groups having 1 to 30 carbon atoms include linear alkyl groups, branched alkyl groups and cyclic alkyl groups.
Linear alkyl groups include, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, heptyl group, octyl group, nonyl group, decyl group, undecyl group, dodecyl group, tridecyl group and tetradecyl group. , pentadecyl group, hexadecyl yellow, heptadecyl group, octadecyl group, nonadecyl group, icosyl group, henicosyl group, docosyl group and the like.
Branched alkyl groups include, for example, isopropyl group, isobutyl group, isovaleryl group, isohexyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, 3-ethylheptyl group, 2-ethyloctyl group, 3-ethyldecyl group, 2-hexyldecyl group, 2- hexylundecyl group, 2-octyldecyl group, 2-octyldodecyl group, 2-decyldodecyl group, 2-decyltetradecyl group, 2-decylhexadecyl group, 3-hexyldecyl group, 3-octyldecyl group, 3 -octyldodecyl group, 3-decyltetradecyl group, 3-decylhexadecyl group, 4-hexyldecyl group, 4-octyldecyl group, 4-octyldodecyl group, 4-decyltetradecyl group, 4-decylhexadecyl group , 4-cyclohexylbutyl group, 8-cyclohexyloctyl group and the like.
Cyclic alkyl groups include, for example, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, a 3-decylcyclopentyl group, a 4-decylcyclohexyl group and the like.
 式(A)で表される化合物は、1種を単独で又は2種以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。 The compounds represented by formula (A) can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
 Rは水素原子が好ましい。
 mは0が好ましい。
 nは1が好ましい。
Ra is preferably a hydrogen atom.
m is preferably 0.
n is preferably 1.
 式(A)で表される化合物としては、1H-ベンゾトリアゾール-5-カルボン酸(5-カルボキシベンゾトリアゾール)、1H-ベンゾトリアゾール-4-カルボン酸(4-カルボキシベンゾトリアゾール)、及びそれらの組み合わせが好ましい。 Compounds represented by formula (A) include 1H-benzotriazole-5-carboxylic acid (5-carboxybenzotriazole), 1H-benzotriazole-4-carboxylic acid (4-carboxybenzotriazole), and combinations thereof. is preferred.
 式(A)で表される化合物は、市販品であってもよい。市販品としては、例えば、城北化学工業(株)のCBT-5、CBT-SG、及び大和化成(株)製のVERZONE[登録商標]C-BTAなどが挙げられる。 The compound represented by formula (A) may be a commercial product. Commercially available products include, for example, CBT-5 and CBT-SG manufactured by Johoku Kagaku Kogyo Co., Ltd., and VERZONE [registered trademark] C-BTA manufactured by Daiwa Kasei Co., Ltd.
 樹脂組成物における式(A)で表される化合物の含有量としては、特に限定されないが、本発明の効果を好適に得る観点から、ポリイミド等100質量部に対して、0.1質量部~20質量部が好ましく、0.3質量部~10質量部がより好ましく、0.5質量部~5質量部が特に好ましい。 The content of the compound represented by the formula (A) in the resin composition is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of suitably obtaining the effects of the present invention, it is 0.1 parts by mass or more per 100 parts by mass of polyimide or the like. 20 parts by mass is preferable, 0.3 to 10 parts by mass is more preferable, and 0.5 to 5 parts by mass is particularly preferable.
<溶媒>
 樹脂組成物に含有される溶媒としては、ポリイミド等に対する溶解性の点から、有機溶媒を用いることが好ましい。具体的には、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N,N-ジメチルプロピオンアミド、N,N-ジメチルイソ酪酸アミド、ジメチルスルホキシド、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、シクロペンタノン、シクロヘキサノン、γ-ブチロラクトン、α-アセチル-γ-ブチロラクトン、テトラメチル尿素、1,3-ジメチル-2-イミダゾリノン、N-シクロヘキシル-2-ピロリドン、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、2-ヒドロキシイソ酪酸メチル、乳酸エチル又は下記の式[D-1]~式[D-3]で示される溶媒等が挙げられ、これらは単独又は2種以上の組合せで用いることができる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
(式[D-1]中、Dは炭素原子数1~3のアルキル基を示し、式[D-2]中、Dは炭素原子数1~3のアルキル基を示し、式[D-3]中、Dは炭素原子数1~4のアルキル基を表す。)
<Solvent>
As the solvent contained in the resin composition, it is preferable to use an organic solvent from the viewpoint of solubility in polyimide and the like. Specifically, N,N-dimethylformamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-dimethylpropionamide, N,N-dimethylisobutyric acid amide , dimethyl sulfoxide, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, γ-butyrolactone, α-acetyl-γ-butyrolactone, tetramethylurea, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolinone, N-cyclohexyl-2-pyrrolidone, propylene glycol Monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate, ethyl lactate or the following formulas [D-1] to [D-3] ], and these can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
(In formula [D-1], D 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms; in formula [D-2], D 2 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms; -3], D 3 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.)
 溶媒は、樹脂組成物の所望の塗布膜厚及び粘度に応じて、ポリイミド等100質量部に対し、例えば、30質量部~1500質量部の範囲、好ましくは100質量部~1000質量部の範囲で用いることができる。 The solvent is, for example, 30 parts by mass to 1500 parts by mass, preferably 100 parts by mass to 1000 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of polyimide or the like, depending on the desired coating film thickness and viscosity of the resin composition. can be used.
<その他の成分>
 実施の形態では、樹脂組成物は、ポリイミド等、式(A)で表される化合物及び溶媒以外のその他の成分をさらに含有していてもよい。その他の成分としては、例えば、光ラジカル重合開始剤(「光ラジカル開始剤」ともいう)、架橋性化合物(「架橋剤」ともいう)、熱硬化剤、その他の樹脂成分、フィラー、増感剤、接着助剤、熱重合禁止剤、アゾール化合物、ヒンダードフェノール化合物などが挙げられる。
<Other ingredients>
In embodiments, the resin composition may further contain components other than the compound represented by Formula (A) and the solvent, such as polyimide. Other components include, for example, photoradical polymerization initiators (also referred to as “photoradical initiators”), crosslinkable compounds (also referred to as “crosslinkers”), thermosetting agents, other resin components, fillers, and sensitizers. , adhesion promoters, thermal polymerization inhibitors, azole compounds, hindered phenol compounds, and the like.
<<光ラジカル重合開始剤>>
 樹脂組成物を感光性樹脂組成物として用いる場合には、樹脂組成物は、例えば、光ラジカル重合開始剤を含む。
 光ラジカル重合開始剤としては、光硬化時に使用する光源に吸収をもつ化合物であれば特に限定されないが、例えば、tert-ブチルペルオキシ-iso-ブチレート、2,5-ジメチル-2,5-ビス(ベンゾイルジオキシ)ヘキサン、1,4-ビス[α-(tert-ブチルジオキシ)-iso-プロポキシ]ベンゼン、ジ-tert-ブチルペルオキシド、2,5-ジメチル-2,5-ビス(tert-ブチルジオキシ)ヘキセンヒドロペルオキシド、α-(iso-プロピルフェニル)-iso-プロピルヒドロペルオキシド、tert-ブチルヒドロペルオキシド、1,1-ビス(tert-ブチルジオキシ)-3,3,5-トリメチルシクロヘキサン、ブチル-4,4-ビス(tert-ブチルジオキシ)バレレート、シクロヘキサノンペルオキシド、2,2’,5,5’-テトラ(tert-ブチルペルオキシカルボニル)ベンゾフェノン、3,3’,4,4’-テトラ(tert-ブチルペルオキシカルボニル)ベンゾフェノン、3,3’,4,4’-テトラ(tert-アミルペルオキシカルボニル)ベンゾフェノン、3,3’,4,4’-テトラ(tert-ヘキシルペルオキシカルボニル)ベンゾフェノン、3,3’-ビス(tert-ブチルペルオキシカルボニル)-4,4’-ジカルボキシベンゾフェノン、tert-ブチルペルオキシベンゾエート、ジ-tert-ブチルジペルオキシイソフタレート等の有機過酸化物;9,10-アントラキノン、1-クロロアントラキノン、2-クロロアントラキノン、オクタメチルアントラキノン、1,2-ベンズアントラキノン等のキノン類;ベンゾインメチル、ベンゾインエチルエーテル、α-メチルベンゾイン、α-フェニルベンゾイン等のベンゾイン誘導体;2,2-ジメトキシ-1,2-ジフェニルエタン-1-オン、1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン、2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-フェニル-プロパン-1-オン、1-[4-(2-ヒドロキシエトキシ)-フェニル]-2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-プロパン-1-オン、2-ヒドロキシ-1-[4-{4-(2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-プロピオニル)ベンジル}-フェニル]-2-メチル-プロパン-1-オン、フェニルグリオキシリックアシッドメチルエステル、2-メチル-1-[4-(メチルチオ)フェニル]-2-モルホリノプロパン-1-オン、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルホリノフェニル)-1-ブタノン、2-ジメチルアミノ-2-(4-メチルベンジル)-1-(4-モルホリン-4-イル-フェニル)-ブタン-1-オン等のアルキルフェノン系化合物;ビス(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル)-フェニルホスフィンオキサイド、2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル-ジフェニル-ホスフィンオキサイド等のアシルホスフィンオキサイド系化合物;2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)-1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル]-1,2-オクタンジオン、1-(O-アセチルオキシム)-1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]エタノン等のオキシムエステル系化合物が挙げられる。
<<Photo radical polymerization initiator>>
When using the resin composition as a photosensitive resin composition, the resin composition contains, for example, a radical photopolymerization initiator.
The photoradical polymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound that absorbs the light source used for photocuring. benzoyldioxy)hexane, 1,4-bis[α-(tert-butyldioxy)-iso-propoxy]benzene, di-tert-butyl peroxide, 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-bis(tert-butyldioxy)hexene Hydroperoxide, α-(iso-propylphenyl)-iso-propyl hydroperoxide, tert-butyl hydroperoxide, 1,1-bis(tert-butyldioxy)-3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane, butyl-4,4- Bis(tert-butyldioxy)valerate, cyclohexanone peroxide, 2,2′,5,5′-tetra(tert-butylperoxycarbonyl)benzophenone, 3,3′,4,4′-tetra(tert-butylperoxycarbonyl)benzophenone , 3,3′,4,4′-tetra(tert-amylperoxycarbonyl)benzophenone, 3,3′,4,4′-tetra(tert-hexylperoxycarbonyl)benzophenone, 3,3′-bis(tert- butylperoxycarbonyl)-4,4'-dicarboxybenzophenone, tert-butylperoxybenzoate, di-tert-butyldiperoxyisophthalate and other organic peroxides; 9,10-anthraquinone, 1-chloroanthraquinone, 2-chloro quinones such as anthraquinone, octamethylanthraquinone, and 1,2-benzanthraquinone; benzoin derivatives such as benzoin methyl, benzoin ethyl ether, α-methylbenzoin, and α-phenylbenzoin; 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethane -1-one, 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl ketone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl-propan-1-one, 1-[4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)-phenyl]-2-hydroxy-2 -methyl-1-propan-1-one, 2-hydroxy-1-[4-{4-(2-hydroxy-2-methyl-propionyl)benzyl}-phenyl]-2-methyl-propan-1-one, phenylglyoxylic acid methyl ester, 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholinopropan-1-one, 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)- Alkylphenone compounds such as 1-butanone, 2-dimethylamino-2-(4-methylbenzyl)-1-(4-morpholin-4-yl-phenyl)-butan-1-one; bis(2,4, Acylphosphine oxide compounds such as 6-trimethylbenzoyl)-phenylphosphine oxide and 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl-diphenyl-phosphine oxide; 2-(O-benzoyloxime)-1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl] -1,2-octanedione, 1-(O-acetyloxime)-1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methylbenzoyl)-9H-carbazol-3-yl]ethanone and other oxime ester compounds. be done.
 光ラジカル重合開始剤は、市販品として入手が可能であり、例えば、IRGACURE[登録商標]651、同184、同2959、同127、同907、同369、同379EG、同819、同819DW、同1800、同1870、同784、同OXE01、同OXE02、同OXE03、同OXE04、同250、同1173、同MBF、同TPO、同4265、同TPO(以上、BASF社製)、KAYACURE[登録商標]DETX-S、同MBP、同DMBI、同EPA、同OA(以上、日本化薬株式会社製)、VICURE-10、同55(以上、STAUFFER Co.LTD製)、ESACURE KIP150、同TZT、同1001、同KTO46、同KB1、同KL200、同KS300、同EB3、トリアジン-PMS、トリアジンA、トリアジンB(以上、日本シイベルヘグナー株式会社製)、アデカオプトマーN-1717、同N-1414、同N-1606、アデカアークルズN-1919T、同NCI-831E、同NCI-930、同NCI-730(以上、株式会社ADEKA製)が挙げられる。
 これらの光ラジカル重合開始剤は、単独で用いてもよく、二種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
Radical photopolymerization initiators are commercially available, for example, IRGACURE [registered trademark] 651, 184, 2959, 127, 907, 369, 379EG, 819, 819DW, 1800, 1870, 784, OXE01, OXE02, OXE03, OXE04, 250, 1173, MBF, TPO, 4265, TPO (manufactured by BASF), KAYACURE [registered trademark] DETX-S, MBP, DMBI, EPA, OA (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), VICURE-10, 55 (manufactured by STAUFFER Co. LTD), ESACURE KIP150, TZT, 1001 , KTO46, KB1, KL200, KS300, EB3, Triazine-PMS, Triazine A, Triazine B (manufactured by Nihon SiberHegner Co., Ltd.), Adeka Optomer N-1717, N-1414, N- 1606, ADEKA Arkles N-1919T, ADEKA NCI-831E, ADEKA NCI-930, and ADEKA NCI-730 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation).
These radical photopolymerization initiators may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 光ラジカル重合開始剤の含有量は、特に限定されないが、ポリイミド等100質量部に対し、0.1質量部~20質量部が好ましく、光感度特性の観点から0.5質量部~15質量部がより好ましい。光ラジカル重合開始剤をポリイミド等100質量部に対し0.1質量部以上含有する場合には、樹脂組成物の光感度が向上しやすく、一方で、20質量部以下含有する場合には、樹脂組成物の厚膜硬化性が改善しやすい。 The content of the photoradical polymerization initiator is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1 parts by mass to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of polyimide, etc., and from the viewpoint of photosensitivity characteristics, 0.5 parts by mass to 15 parts by mass. is more preferred. When the photoradical polymerization initiator contains 0.1 parts by mass or more with respect to 100 parts by mass of polyimide or the like, the photosensitivity of the resin composition tends to be improved, while when it contains 20 parts by mass or less, the resin It is easy to improve the thick film curability of the composition.
<<架橋性化合物>>
 実施の形態では、樹脂組成物を感光性樹脂組成物として用いる場合には、レリーフパターンの解像性を向上させるために、光ラジカル重合性の不飽和結合を有するモノマー(架橋性化合物)を任意に樹脂組成物に含有させることができる。
 このような架橋性化合物としては、光ラジカル重合開始剤によりラジカル重合反応する重合性基を含む化合物が好ましく、(メタ)アクリル化合物やマレイミド化合物を挙げることができるが、特に以下に限定するものではない。(メタ)アクリル化合物としては、ジエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、テトラエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、エチレングリコール又はポリエチレングリコールモノ又はジ(メタ)アクリレート、プロピレングリコール又はポリプロピレングリコールのモノ又はジ(メタ)アクリレート、グリセロールのモノ、ジ又はトリ(メタ)アクリレート、1,4-ブタンジオールのジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,6-ヘキサンジオールのジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,9-ノナンジオールのジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,10-デカンジオールのジ(メタ)アクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールのジ(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキサンジ(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキサンジメタノールのジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリシクロデカンジメタノールのジ(メタ)アクリレート、ジオキサングリコールのジ(メタ)アクリレート、ビスフェノールAのモノ又はジ(メタ)アクリレート、ビスフェノールFのジ(メタ)アクリレート、水添ビスフェノールAのジ(メタ)アクリレート、ベンゼントリメタクリレート、9,9-ビス[4-(2-ヒドロキシエトキシ)フェニル]フルオレンのジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリス(2-ヒドロキシエチル)イソシアヌレートのジ(メタ)アクリレート、イソボルニル(メタ)アクリレート、アクリルアミド及びその誘導体、メタクリルアミド及びその誘導体、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、グリセロールのジ又はトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールのジ、トリ、又はテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、並びにこれら化合物のエチレンオキサイド又はプロピレンオキサイド付加物等の化合物、2-イソシアネートエチル(メタ)アクリレート又はイソシアネート含有(メタ)アクリレート、及びこれらにメチルエチルケトンオキシム、ε-カプロラクタム、γ-カプロラクタム、3,5-ジメチルピラゾール、マロン酸ジエチル、エタノール、イソプロパノール、n-ブタノール、1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール等のブロック剤を付加した化合物を挙げることができる。また、マレイミド化合物としては、1,2-ビス(マレイミド)エタン、1,4-ビス(マレイミド)ブタン、1,6-ビス(マレイミド)ヘキサン、N,N’-1,4-フェニレンビスマレイミド、N,N’-1,3-フェニレンジマレイミド、4,4’-ビスマレイミドジフェニルメタン、ビス(3-エチル-5-メチル-4-マレイミドフェニル)メタン、ビス(2-マレイミドエチル)ジスルフィド、2,2-ビス[4-(4-マレイミドフェノキシ)フェニル]プロパン、1,6’-ビスマレイミド-(2,2,4-トリメチル)ヘキサン等を挙げることができる。マレイミド化合物の市販品としては、BMI-689、BMI-1500、BMI-1700、BMI-3000(以上、Designer Molecules Inc.製)等を挙げることができる。尚、これらの化合物は単独で使用しても、2種類以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。また、本明細書において、(メタ)アクリレートはアクリレート及びメタクリレートを意味する。
<<crosslinkable compound>>
In the embodiment, when the resin composition is used as a photosensitive resin composition, a monomer having a photoradical-polymerizable unsaturated bond (crosslinkable compound) is optionally added in order to improve the resolution of the relief pattern. can be contained in the resin composition.
As such a crosslinkable compound, a compound containing a polymerizable group that undergoes a radical polymerization reaction with a photoradical polymerization initiator is preferable, and examples thereof include (meth)acrylic compounds and maleimide compounds, but are not particularly limited to the following. do not have. (Meth)acrylic compounds include diethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, tetraethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, ethylene glycol or polyethylene glycol mono- or di(meth)acrylate, propylene glycol or polypropylene glycol mono- or di(meth)acrylate. , mono-, di- or tri(meth)acrylate of glycerol, di(meth)acrylate of 1,4-butanediol, di(meth)acrylate of 1,6-hexanediol, di(meth)acrylate of 1,9-nonanediol Acrylates, di(meth)acrylate of 1,10-decanediol, di(meth)acrylate of neopentyl glycol, cyclohexane di(meth)acrylate, di(meth)acrylate of cyclohexanedimethanol, di(meth)acrylate of tricyclodecanedimethanol meth)acrylate, dioxane glycol di(meth)acrylate, bisphenol A mono- or di(meth)acrylate, bisphenol F di(meth)acrylate, hydrogenated bisphenol A di(meth)acrylate, benzene trimethacrylate, 9, 9-bis[4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl]fluorene di(meth)acrylate, tris(2-hydroxyethyl)isocyanurate di(meth)acrylate, isobornyl (meth)acrylate, acrylamide and its derivatives, methacryl Amide and derivatives thereof, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, glycerol di- or tri-(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol di-, tri-, or tetra-(meth)acrylate, and ethylene oxide or propylene oxide adducts of these compounds, etc. 2-isocyanatoethyl (meth)acrylate or isocyanate-containing (meth)acrylate, and methyl ethyl ketone oxime, ε-caprolactam, γ-caprolactam, 3,5-dimethylpyrazole, diethyl malonate, ethanol, isopropanol, n- Compounds added with blocking agents such as butanol and 1-methoxy-2-propanol can be mentioned. Examples of maleimide compounds include 1,2-bis(maleimido)ethane, 1,4-bis(maleimido)butane, 1,6-bis(maleimido)hexane, N,N'-1,4-phenylenebismaleimide, N,N'-1,3-phenylenedimaleimide, 4,4'-bismaleimidodiphenylmethane, bis(3-ethyl-5-methyl-4-maleimidophenyl)methane, bis(2-maleimidoethyl)disulfide, 2, 2-bis[4-(4-maleimidophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 1,6'-bismaleimido-(2,2,4-trimethyl)hexane and the like can be mentioned. Commercially available maleimide compounds include BMI-689, BMI-1500, BMI-1700, and BMI-3000 (manufactured by Designer Molecules Inc.). In addition, these compounds may be used individually or may be used in combination of 2 or more types. Moreover, in this specification, (meth)acrylate means acrylate and methacrylate.
 架橋性化合物の含有量は、特に限定されないが、ポリイミド等100質量部に対し、好ましくは1質量部~100質量部であり、より好ましくは1質量部~50質量部である。 Although the content of the crosslinkable compound is not particularly limited, it is preferably 1 to 100 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 50 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of polyimide or the like.
<<熱硬化剤>>
 熱硬化剤としては、例えば、ヘキサメトキシメチルメラミン、テトラメトキシメチルグリコールウリル、テトラメトキシメチルベンゾグアナミン、1,3,4,6-テトラキス(メトキシメチル)グリコールウリル、1,3,4,6-テトラキス(ブトキシメチル)グリコールウリル、1,3,4,6-テトラキス(ヒドロキシメチル)グリコールウリル、1,3-ビス(ヒドロキシメチル)尿素、1,1,3,3-テトラキス(ブトキシメチル)尿素及び1,1,3,3-テトラキス(メトキシメチル)尿素などが挙げられる。
 樹脂組成物における熱硬化剤の含有量は、特に限定されない。
<<Heat curing agent>>
Examples of heat curing agents include hexamethoxymethylmelamine, tetramethoxymethylglycoluril, tetramethoxymethylbenzoguanamine, 1,3,4,6-tetrakis(methoxymethyl)glycoluril, 1,3,4,6-tetrakis ( butoxymethyl)glycoluril, 1,3,4,6-tetrakis(hydroxymethyl)glycoluril, 1,3-bis(hydroxymethyl)urea, 1,1,3,3-tetrakis(butoxymethyl)urea and 1, 1,3,3-tetrakis(methoxymethyl)urea and the like.
The content of the thermosetting agent in the resin composition is not particularly limited.
<<フィラー>>
 フィラーとしては、例えば無機フィラーが挙げられ、具体的にはシリカ、窒化アルミニウム、窒化ボロン、ジルコニア、アルミナなどのゾルが挙げられる。
 樹脂組成物にけるフィラーの含有量は、特に限定されない。
<<Filler>>
Examples of fillers include inorganic fillers, and specific examples include sols of silica, aluminum nitride, boron nitride, zirconia, alumina, and the like.
The content of the filler in the resin composition is not particularly limited.
<<その他の樹脂成分>>
 実施の形態では、樹脂組成物は、ポリイミド等以外の樹脂成分をさらに含有してもよい。樹脂組成物に含有させることができる樹脂成分としては、例えば、ポリオキサゾール、ポリオキサゾール前駆体、フェノール樹脂、ポリアミド、エポキシ樹脂、シロキサン樹脂、アクリル樹脂等が挙げられる。
 これらの樹脂成分の含有量は、特に限定されないが、ポリイミド等100質量部に対して、好ましくは0.01質量部~20質量部の範囲である。
<<Other resin components>>
In embodiments, the resin composition may further contain a resin component other than polyimide or the like. Examples of resin components that can be contained in the resin composition include polyoxazoles, polyoxazole precursors, phenol resins, polyamides, epoxy resins, siloxane resins, acrylic resins, and the like.
The content of these resin components is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 0.01 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of polyimide or the like.
<<増感剤>>
 実施の形態では、樹脂組成物を感光性樹脂組成物として用いる場合には、樹脂組成物には、光感度を向上させるために増感剤を任意に配合することができる。
 増感剤としては、例えば、ミヒラーズケトン、4,4’-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン、2,5-ビス(4’-ジエチルアミノベンザル)シクロペンタン、2,6-ビス(4’-ジエチルアミノベンザル)シクロヘキサノン、2,6-ビス(4’-ジエチルアミノベンザル)-4-メチルシクロヘキサノン、4,4’-ビス(ジメチルアミノ)カルコン、4,4’-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)カルコン、p-ジメチルアミノシンナミリデンインダノン、p-ジメチルアミノベンジリデンインダノン、2-(p-ジメチルアミノフェニルビフェニレン)-ベンゾチアゾール、2-(p-ジメチルアミノフェニルビニレン)ベンゾチアゾール、2-(p-ジメチルアミノフェニルビニレン)イソナフトチアゾール、1,3-ビス(4’-ジメチルアミノベンザル)アセトン、1,3-ビス(4’-ジエチルアミノベンザル)アセトン、3,3’-カルボニル-ビス(7-ジエチルアミノクマリン)、3-アセチル-7-ジメチルアミノクマリン、3-エトキシカルボニル-7-ジメチルアミノクマリン、3-ベンジロキシカルボニル-7-ジメチルアミノクマリン、3-メトキシカルボニル-7-ジエチルアミノクマリン、3-エトキシカルボニル-7-ジエチルアミノクマリン、N-フェニル-N’-エチルエタノールアミン、N-フェニルジエタノールアミン、N-p-トリルジエタノールアミン、N-フェニルエタノールアミン、4-モルホリノベンゾフェノン、ジメチルアミノ安息香酸イソアミル、ジエチルアミノ安息香酸イソアミル、2-メルカプトベンズイミダゾール、1-フェニル-5-メルカプトテトラゾール、2-メルカプトベンゾチアゾール、2-(p-ジメチルアミノスチリル)ベンズオキサゾール、2-(p-ジメチルアミノスチリル)ベンズチアゾール、2-(p-ジメチルアミノスチリル)ナフト(1,2-d)チアゾール、2-(p-ジメチルアミノベンゾイル)スチレン等が挙げられる。
 これらは単独で、又は複数の組合せで用いることができる。
<<Sensitizer>>
In the embodiment, when the resin composition is used as a photosensitive resin composition, a sensitizer can be arbitrarily added to the resin composition in order to improve photosensitivity.
Sensitizers include, for example, Michler's ketone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, 2,5-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzal)cyclopentane, 2,6-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzal) Cyclohexanone, 2,6-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzal)-4-methylcyclohexanone, 4,4'-bis(dimethylamino)chalcone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)chalcone, p-dimethylaminocinnamyl denindanone, p-dimethylaminobenzylideneindanone, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylbiphenylene)-benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylvinylene)benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylvinylene)iso naphthothiazole, 1,3-bis(4′-dimethylaminobenzal)acetone, 1,3-bis(4′-diethylaminobenzal)acetone, 3,3′-carbonyl-bis(7-diethylaminocoumarin), 3 -acetyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin, 3-ethoxycarbonyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin, 3-benzyloxycarbonyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin, 3-methoxycarbonyl-7-diethylaminocoumarin, 3-ethoxycarbonyl-7-diethylamino Coumarin, N-phenyl-N'-ethylethanolamine, N-phenyldiethanolamine, Np-tolyldiethanolamine, N-phenylethanolamine, 4-morpholinobenzophenone, isoamyl dimethylaminobenzoate, isoamyl diethylaminobenzoate, 2-mercapto benzimidazole, 1-phenyl-5-mercaptotetrazole, 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminostyryl)benzoxazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminostyryl)benzthiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminostyryl) ) naphtho(1,2-d)thiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminobenzoyl)styrene and the like.
These can be used alone or in multiple combinations.
 増感剤の含有量は、特に限定されないが、ポリイミド等100質量部に対し、0.1質量部~25質量部であることが好ましい。 Although the content of the sensitizer is not particularly limited, it is preferably 0.1 to 25 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of polyimide or the like.
<<接着助剤>>
 実施の形態では、樹脂組成物を用いて形成される膜と基材との接着性をより向上させるために、接着助剤を任意に樹脂組成物に配合することができる。
 接着助剤としては、例えば、γ-アミノプロピルジメトキシシラン、N-(β-アミノエチル)-γ-アミノプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、γ-グリシドキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、γ-メルカプトプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、3-(メタ)アクリロキシプロピルジメトキシメチルシラン、3-(メタ)アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、ジメトキシメチル-3-ピペリジノプロピルシラン、ジエトキシ-3-グリシドキシプロピルメチルシラン、N-(3-ジエトキシメチルシリルプロピル)スクシンイミド、N-〔3-(トリエトキシシリル)プロピル〕フタルアミド酸、ベンゾフェノン-3,3’-ビス(N-〔3-トリエトキシシリル〕プロピルアミド)-4,4’-ジカルボン酸、ベンゼン-1,4-ビス(N-〔3-トリエトキシシリル〕プロピルアミド)-2,5-ジカルボン酸、3-(トリエトキシシリル)プロピルスクシニックアンハイドライド、N-フェニルアミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン等のシランカップリング剤、及びアルミニウムトリス(エチルアセトアセテート)、アルミニウムトリス(アセチルアセトネート)、エチルアセトアセテートアルミニウムジイソプロピレート等のアルミニウム系接着助剤等が挙げられる。
<<Adhesion Aid>>
In the embodiment, an adhesion promoter can optionally be added to the resin composition in order to further improve the adhesion between the film formed using the resin composition and the substrate.
Examples of adhesion promoters include γ-aminopropyldimethoxysilane, N-(β-aminoethyl)-γ-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, γ-glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, γ-mercaptopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-(meth)acryloxypropyldimethoxymethylsilane, 3-(meth)acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, dimethoxymethyl-3-piperidinopropylsilane, diethoxy-3-glycidoxypropylmethylsilane, N-(3 -diethoxymethylsilylpropyl)succinimide, N-[3-(triethoxysilyl)propyl]phthalamic acid, benzophenone-3,3′-bis(N-[3-triethoxysilyl]propylamide)-4,4′ -dicarboxylic acid, benzene-1,4-bis(N-[3-triethoxysilyl]propylamide)-2,5-dicarboxylic acid, 3-(triethoxysilyl)propyl succinic anhydride, N-phenylaminopropyl Silane coupling agents such as trimethoxysilane, and aluminum-based adhesion aids such as aluminum tris(ethylacetoacetate), aluminum tris(acetylacetonate), ethylacetoacetate aluminum diisopropylate, and the like.
 これらの接着助剤のうちでは、接着力の点からシランカップリング剤を用いることがより好ましい。 Among these adhesion aids, it is more preferable to use a silane coupling agent in terms of adhesion.
 接着助剤の含有量は、特に限定されないが、ポリイミド等100質量部に対し、0.5質量部~25質量部の範囲が好ましい。 The content of the adhesion aid is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 0.5 parts by mass to 25 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of polyimide or the like.
<<熱重合禁止剤>>
 実施の形態では、特に溶媒を含む溶液の状態での保存時の樹脂組成物の粘度及び光感度の安定性を向上させるために、熱重合禁止剤を任意に配合することができる。
 熱重合禁止剤としては、例えば、ヒドロキノン、4-メトキシフェノール、N-ニトロソジフェニルアミン、p-tert-ブチルカテコール、フェノチアジン、N-フェニルナフチルアミン、エチレンジアミン四酢酸、1,2-シクロヘキサンジアミン四酢酸、グリコールエーテルジアミン四酢酸、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール、5-ニトロソ-8-ヒドロキシキノリン、1-ニトロソ-2-ナフトール、2-ニトロソ-1-ナフトール、2-ニトロソ-5-(N-エチル-N-スルフォプロピルアミノ)フェノール、N-ニトロソ-N-フェニルヒドロキシルアミンアンモニウム塩、N-ニトロソ-N(1-ナフチル)ヒドロキシルアミンアンモニウム塩等が用いられる。
<<Thermal polymerization inhibitor>>
In the embodiment, a thermal polymerization inhibitor can be arbitrarily blended in order to improve the stability of the viscosity and photosensitivity of the resin composition particularly during storage in the state of a solution containing a solvent.
Examples of thermal polymerization inhibitors include hydroquinone, 4-methoxyphenol, N-nitrosodiphenylamine, p-tert-butylcatechol, phenothiazine, N-phenylnaphthylamine, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, 1,2-cyclohexanediaminetetraacetic acid, and glycol ether. diaminetetraacetic acid, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, 5-nitroso-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-nitroso-2-naphthol, 2-nitroso-1-naphthol, 2-nitroso-5-( N-ethyl-N-sulfopropylamino)phenol, N-nitroso-N-phenylhydroxylamine ammonium salt, N-nitroso-N(1-naphthyl)hydroxylamine ammonium salt and the like are used.
 熱重合禁止剤の含有量としては、特に限定されないが、ポリイミド等100質量部に対し、0.005質量部~12質量部の範囲が好ましい。 Although the content of the thermal polymerization inhibitor is not particularly limited, it is preferably in the range of 0.005 parts by mass to 12 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of polyimide or the like.
<<アゾール化合物>>
 例えば、銅又は銅合金から成る基板を用いる場合には、基板の酸化をさらに抑制するためにアゾール化合物を任意に樹脂組成物に配合することができる。ここでのアゾール化合物は、式(A)で表される化合物とは異なる化合物を指す。
 アゾール化合物としては、例えば、1H-トリアゾール、5-メチル-1H-トリアゾール、5-エチル-1H-トリアゾール、4,5-ジメチル-1H-トリアゾール、5-フェニル-1H-トリアゾール、4-t-ブチル-5-フェニル-1H-トリアゾール、5-ヒドロキシフェニル-1H-トリアゾール、フェニルトリアゾール、p-エトキシフェニルトリアゾール、5-フェニル-1-(2-ジメチルアミノエチル)トリアゾール、5-ベンジル-1H-トリアゾール、ヒドロキシフェニルトリアゾール、1,5-ジメチルトリアゾール、4,5-ジエチル-1H-トリアゾール、1H-ベンゾトリアゾール、2-(5-メチル-2-ヒドロキシフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール、2-[2-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ビス(α,α―ジメチルベンジル)フェニル]-ベンゾトリアゾール、2-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-2-ヒドロキシフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール、2-(3-t-ブチル-5-メチル-2-ヒドロキシフェニル)-ベンゾトリアゾール、2-(3,5-ジ-t-アミル-2-ヒドロキシフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール、2-(2’-ヒドロキシ-5’-t-オクチルフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール、ヒドロキシフェニルベンゾトリアゾール、トリルトリアゾール、5-メチル-1H-ベンゾトリアゾール、4-メチル-1H-ベンゾトリアゾール、1H-テトラゾール、5-メチル-1H-テトラゾール、5-フェニル-1H-テトラゾール、5-アミノ-1H-テトラゾール、1-メチル-1H-テトラゾール等が挙げられる。特に好ましくは、トリルトリアゾール、5-メチル-1H-ベンゾトリアゾール、及び4-メチル-1H-ベンゾトリアゾールが挙げられる。
 また、これらのアゾール化合物は、1種で用いても2種以上の混合物で用いてもよい。
<<Azole compound>>
For example, when using a substrate made of copper or a copper alloy, an azole compound can optionally be added to the resin composition to further suppress oxidation of the substrate. The azole compound here refers to a compound different from the compound represented by formula (A).
Azole compounds include, for example, 1H-triazole, 5-methyl-1H-triazole, 5-ethyl-1H-triazole, 4,5-dimethyl-1H-triazole, 5-phenyl-1H-triazole, 4-t-butyl -5-phenyl-1H-triazole, 5-hydroxyphenyl-1H-triazole, phenyltriazole, p-ethoxyphenyltriazole, 5-phenyl-1-(2-dimethylaminoethyl)triazole, 5-benzyl-1H-triazole, Hydroxyphenyltriazole, 1,5-dimethyltriazole, 4,5-diethyl-1H-triazole, 1H-benzotriazole, 2-(5-methyl-2-hydroxyphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-[2-hydroxy-3, 5-bis(α,α-dimethylbenzyl)phenyl]-benzotriazole, 2-(3,5-di-t-butyl-2-hydroxyphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(3-t-butyl-5-methyl -2-hydroxyphenyl)-benzotriazole, 2-(3,5-di-t-amyl-2-hydroxyphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-5'-t-octylphenyl)benzotriazole, Hydroxyphenylbenzotriazole, tolyltriazole, 5-methyl-1H-benzotriazole, 4-methyl-1H-benzotriazole, 1H-tetrazole, 5-methyl-1H-tetrazole, 5-phenyl-1H-tetrazole, 5-amino- 1H-tetrazole, 1-methyl-1H-tetrazole and the like. Particularly preferred are tolyltriazole, 5-methyl-1H-benzotriazole and 4-methyl-1H-benzotriazole.
In addition, these azole compounds may be used singly or as a mixture of two or more.
 アゾール化合物の含有量は、特に限定されないが、ポリイミド等100質量部に対し、0.1質量部~20質量部であることが好ましく、樹脂組成物を感光性樹脂組成物として用いる場合の光感度特性の観点から0.5質量部~5質量部であることがより好ましい。アゾール化合物のポリイミド等100質量部に対する含有量が0.1質量部以上である場合には、樹脂組成物を銅又は銅合金の上に形成したときに、銅又は銅合金表面の変色がより抑制され、一方、20質量部以下である場合には、樹脂組成物を感光性樹脂組成物として用いる場合の光感度に優れるため好ましい。 The content of the azole compound is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 0.1 parts by mass to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of polyimide, etc., and the photosensitivity when the resin composition is used as a photosensitive resin composition. From the viewpoint of properties, it is more preferably 0.5 parts by mass to 5 parts by mass. When the content of the azole compound per 100 parts by mass of polyimide or the like is 0.1 parts by mass or more, discoloration of the copper or copper alloy surface is further suppressed when the resin composition is formed on copper or a copper alloy. On the other hand, when it is 20 parts by mass or less, it is preferable because the photosensitivity when the resin composition is used as a photosensitive resin composition is excellent.
<<ヒンダードフェノール化合物>>
 実施の形態では、樹脂組成物から形成されるフィルムの酸化防止、及びアゾール化合物の酸化防止のため、ヒンダードフェノール化合物を任意に樹脂組成物に配合することができる。
 ヒンダードフェノール化合物としては、例えば、2,6-ジ-t-ブチル-4-メチルフェノール、2,5-ジ-t-ブチル-ハイドロキノン、オクタデシル-3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネ-ト、イソオクチル-3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート、4,4’-メチレンビス(2,6-ジ-t-ブチルフェノール)、4,4’-チオ-ビス(3-メチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)、4,4’-ブチリデン-ビス(3-メチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)、トリエチレングリコール-ビス〔3-(3-t-ブチル-5-メチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート〕、1,6-ヘキサンジオール-ビス〔3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート〕、2,2-チオ-ジエチレンビス〔3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート〕、N,N’ヘキサメチレンビス(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-ヒドロシンナマミド)、2,2’-メチレン-ビス(4-メチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)、2,2’-メチレン-ビス(4-エチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)、ペンタエリスリチル-テトラキス〔3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート〕、トリス-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-イソシアヌレート、1,3,5-トリメチル-2,4,6-トリス(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)ベンゼン、1,3,5-トリス(3-ヒドロキシ-2,6-ジメチル-4-イソプロピルベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、1,3,5-トリス(4-t-ブチル-3-ヒドロキシ-2,6-ジメチルベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、1,3,5-トリス(4-s-ブチル-3-ヒドロキシ-2,6-ジメチルベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、1,3,5-トリス[4-(1-エチルプロピル)-3-ヒドロキシ-2,6-ジメチルベンジル]-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、1,3,5-トリス[4-トリエチルメチル-3-ヒドロキシ-2,6-ジメチルベンジル]-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、1,3,5-トリス(3-ヒドロキシ-2,6-ジメチル-4-フェニルベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、1,3,5-トリス(4-t-ブチル-3-ヒドロキシ-2,5,6-トリメチルベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、1,3,5-トリス(4-t-ブチル-5-エチル-3-ヒドロキシ-2,6-ジメチルベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、1,3,5-トリス(4-t-ブチル-6-エチル-3-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、1,3,5-トリス(4-t-ブチル-6-エチル-3-ヒドロキシ-2,5-ジメチルベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、1,3,5-トリス(4-t-ブチル-5,6-ジエチル-3-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、1,3,5-トリス(4-t-ブチル-3-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、1,3,5-トリス(4-t-ブチル-3-ヒドロキシ-2,5-ジメチルベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、1,3,5-トリス(4-t-ブチル-5‐エチル-3-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン等が挙げられるが、これに限定されるものではない。
 これらの中でも、1,3,5-トリス(4-t-ブチル-3-ヒドロキシ-2,6-ジメチルベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-トリオンが特に好ましい。
<<Hindered phenol compound>>
In embodiments, a hindered phenol compound may optionally be incorporated into the resin composition to prevent oxidation of the film formed from the resin composition and to prevent oxidation of the azole compound.
Hindered phenol compounds include, for example, 2,6-di-t-butyl-4-methylphenol, 2,5-di-t-butyl-hydroquinone, octadecyl-3-(3,5-di-t-butyl -4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate, isooctyl-3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate, 4,4′-methylenebis(2,6-di-t-butylphenol), 4,4′-thio-bis(3-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), 4,4′-butylidene-bis(3-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), triethylene glycol-bis[3-(3 -t-butyl-5-methyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate], 1,6-hexanediol-bis[3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate], 2,2 -thio-diethylenebis[3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate], N,N'hexamethylenebis(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxy-hydro cinnamamide), 2,2′-methylene-bis(4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), 2,2′-methylene-bis(4-ethyl-6-t-butylphenol), pentaerythrityl-tetrakis [3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate], tris-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-isocyanurate, 1,3,5- Trimethyl-2,4,6-tris(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)benzene, 1,3,5-tris(3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethyl-4-isopropylbenzyl) -1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione, 1,3,5-tris(4-t-butyl-3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethylbenzyl) -1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione, 1,3,5-tris(4-s-butyl-3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethylbenzyl) -1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione, 1,3,5-tris[4-(1-ethylpropyl)-3-hydroxy-2,6- dimethylbenzyl]-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione, 1,3,5-tris[4-triethylmethyl-3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethyl benzyl]-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione, 1,3,5-tris(3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethyl-4-phenylbenzyl) -1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione, 1,3,5-tris(4-t-butyl-3-hydroxy-2,5,6-trimethyl benzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione, 1,3,5-tris(4-t-butyl-5-ethyl-3-hydroxy-2 ,6-dimethylbenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione, 1,3,5-tris(4-t-butyl-6-ethyl-3 -hydroxy-2-methylbenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione, 1,3,5-tris(4-t-butyl-6-ethyl -3-hydroxy-2,5-dimethylbenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione, 1,3,5-tris(4-t-butyl -5,6-diethyl-3-hydroxy-2-methylbenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione, 1,3,5-tris(4 -t-butyl-3-hydroxy-2-methylbenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione, 1,3,5-tris(4-t -butyl-3-hydroxy-2,5-dimethylbenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione, 1,3,5-tris(4-t -Butyl-5-ethyl-3-hydroxy-2-methylbenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)-trione and the like, but are not limited thereto. not something.
Among these, 1,3,5-tris(4-t-butyl-3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethylbenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H )-trione is particularly preferred.
 ヒンダードフェノール化合物の含有量は、特に限定されないが、ポリイミド等100質量部に対し、0.1質量部~20質量部であることが好ましく、樹脂組成物を感光性樹脂組成物として用いる場合の光感度特性の観点から0.5質量部~10質量部であることがより好ましい。ヒンダードフェノール化合物のポリイミド等100質量部に対する含有量が20質量部以下である場合には、樹脂組成物を感光性樹脂組成物として用いる場合の光感度に優れるため好ましい。 The content of the hindered phenol compound is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 0.1 parts by mass to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of polyimide or the like. From the viewpoint of photosensitivity, it is more preferably 0.5 parts by mass to 10 parts by mass. When the content of the hindered phenol compound is 20 parts by mass or less per 100 parts by mass of the polyimide or the like, it is preferable because the photosensitivity when the resin composition is used as a photosensitive resin composition is excellent.
 樹脂組成物は、後述する硬化レリーフパターンの製造のためのネガ型感光性樹脂組成物として好適に用いることができる。 The resin composition can be suitably used as a negative photosensitive resin composition for producing a cured relief pattern, which will be described later.
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、絶縁膜形成用の樹脂組成物として用いることが好ましい。
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、好ましくは感光性樹脂組成物であり、より好ましくはネガ型感光性樹脂組成物である。
The resin composition of the present invention is preferably used as a resin composition for forming an insulating film.
The resin composition of the present invention is preferably a photosensitive resin composition, more preferably a negative photosensitive resin composition.
(樹脂膜)
 本発明の樹脂膜は、本発明の樹脂組成物の塗布膜の焼成物である。
 塗布方法としては、従来から樹脂組成物の塗布に用いられている方法、例えば、スピンコーター、バーコーター、ブレードコーター、カーテンコーター、スクリーン印刷機等で塗布する方法、スプレーコーターで噴霧塗布する方法等を用いることができる。
 焼成物を得る際の焼成の方法としては、例えば、ホットプレートによるもの、オーブンを用いるもの、温度プログラムを設定できる昇温式オーブンを用いるもの等種々の方法を選ぶことができる。焼成は、例えば、130℃~250℃で30分~5時間の条件で行うことができる。加熱硬化時の雰囲気気体としては空気を用いてもよく、窒素、アルゴン等の不活性ガスを用いることもできる。
 樹脂膜の厚みとしては、特に限定されないが、1μm~100μmが好ましく、2μm~50μmがより好ましい。
 樹脂膜は、例えば、絶縁膜である。
(resin film)
The resin film of the present invention is a baked product of the coating film of the resin composition of the present invention.
As the coating method, a method conventionally used for coating a resin composition, for example, a method of coating with a spin coater, a bar coater, a blade coater, a curtain coater, a screen printer, etc., a method of spray coating with a spray coater, etc. can be used.
As a baking method for obtaining a baked product, various methods can be selected such as, for example, using a hot plate, using an oven, and using a heating oven in which a temperature program can be set. Firing can be performed, for example, at 130° C. to 250° C. for 30 minutes to 5 hours. Air may be used as the atmospheric gas during heat curing, or an inert gas such as nitrogen or argon may be used.
The thickness of the resin film is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 μm to 100 μm, more preferably 2 μm to 50 μm.
The resin film is, for example, an insulating film.
(感光性レジストフィルム)
 本発明の樹脂組成物が感光性樹脂組成物である場合、本発明の樹脂組成物は、感光性レジストフィルム(所謂、ドライフィルムレジスト)に用いることができる。
 感光性レジストフィルムは、基材フィルムと、感光性樹脂組成物から形成される感光性樹脂層(感光性樹脂膜)と、カバーフィルムとを有する。
 通常、基材フィルム上に、感光性樹脂層と、カバーフィルムとがこの順で積層されている。
(Photosensitive resist film)
When the resin composition of the present invention is a photosensitive resin composition, the resin composition of the present invention can be used for photosensitive resist films (so-called dry film resists).
The photosensitive resist film has a base film, a photosensitive resin layer (photosensitive resin film) formed from a photosensitive resin composition, and a cover film.
Usually, a photosensitive resin layer and a cover film are laminated in this order on a base film.
 感光性レジストフィルムは、例えば、基材フィルム上に、感光性樹脂組成物を塗布し、乾燥させて感光性樹脂層を形成した後、その感光性樹脂層上にカバーフィルムを積層することにより製造できる。
 塗布方法としては、従来から感光性樹脂組成物の塗布に用いられている方法、例えば、スピンコーター、バーコーター、ブレードコーター、カーテンコーター、スクリーン印刷機等で塗布する方法、スプレーコーターで噴霧塗布する方法等を用いることができる。
 乾燥の方法としては、例えば、20℃~200℃で1分~1時間の条件が挙げられる。
 得られる感光性樹脂層の厚みとしては、特に限定されないが、1μm~100μmが好ましく、2μm~50μmがより好ましい。
A photosensitive resist film is produced, for example, by coating a base film with a photosensitive resin composition, drying it to form a photosensitive resin layer, and then laminating a cover film on the photosensitive resin layer. can.
As the coating method, a method conventionally used for coating a photosensitive resin composition, for example, a method of coating with a spin coater, a bar coater, a blade coater, a curtain coater, a screen printer, etc., or a method of spray coating with a spray coater. method etc. can be used.
The drying method includes, for example, conditions of 20° C. to 200° C. for 1 minute to 1 hour.
The thickness of the resulting photosensitive resin layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 μm to 100 μm, more preferably 2 μm to 50 μm.
 基材フィルムには、公知のものを使用でき、例えば熱可塑性樹脂フィルム等が用いられる。この熱可塑性樹脂としては、例えばポリエチレンテレフタレート等のポリエステルが挙げられる。基材フィルムの厚みは、2μm~150μmが好ましい。
 カバーフィルムには、公知のものを使用でき、例えばポリエチレンフィルム、ポリプロピレンフィルム等が用いられる。カバーフィルムとしては、感光性樹脂層との接着力が基材フィルムよりも小さいフィルムが好ましい。カバーフィルムの厚みは、2μm~150μmが好ましく、2μm~100μmがより好ましく、5μm~50μmが特に好ましい。
 基材フィルムとカバーフィルムとは、同一のフィルム材料であってもよいし、異なるフィルムを用いてもよい。
A known base film can be used, and for example, a thermoplastic resin film or the like is used. Examples of the thermoplastic resin include polyester such as polyethylene terephthalate. The thickness of the base film is preferably 2 μm to 150 μm.
A known cover film can be used, for example, a polyethylene film, a polypropylene film, or the like. As the cover film, it is preferable to use a film having a weaker adhesion to the photosensitive resin layer than the base film. The thickness of the cover film is preferably 2 μm to 150 μm, more preferably 2 μm to 100 μm, particularly preferably 5 μm to 50 μm.
The base film and the cover film may be made of the same film material, or may be made of different films.
(硬化レリーフパターン付き基板の製造方法)
 本発明の硬化レリーフパターン付き基板の製造方法は、
 (1)本発明に係る樹脂組成物の一実施形態である感光性樹脂組成物を基板上に塗布して、感光性樹脂層(感光性樹脂膜)を該基板上に形成する工程と、
 (2)該感光性樹脂層を露光する工程と、
 (3)該露光後の感光性樹脂層を現像して、レリーフパターンを形成する工程と、
 (4)該レリーフパターンを加熱処理して、硬化レリーフパターンを形成する工程と
を含む。
(Manufacturing method of substrate with cured relief pattern)
The method for producing a cured relief patterned substrate of the present invention comprises:
(1) A step of applying a photosensitive resin composition, which is one embodiment of the resin composition according to the present invention, onto a substrate to form a photosensitive resin layer (photosensitive resin film) on the substrate;
(2) exposing the photosensitive resin layer;
(3) developing the exposed photosensitive resin layer to form a relief pattern;
(4) heat-treating the relief pattern to form a cured relief pattern.
 以下、各工程について説明する。 Each step will be explained below.
 (1)本発明に係る感光性樹脂組成物を基板上に塗布して、感光性樹脂層を該基板上に形成する工程
 本工程では、本発明に係る感光性樹脂組成物を基板上に塗布し、必要に応じて、その後に乾燥させて、感光性樹脂層を形成する。塗布方法としては、従来から感光性樹脂組成物の塗布に用いられている方法、例えば、スピンコーター、バーコーター、ブレードコーター、カーテンコーター、スクリーン印刷機等で塗布する方法、スプレーコーターで噴霧塗布する方法等を用いることができる。
(1) A step of applying the photosensitive resin composition according to the present invention onto a substrate to form a photosensitive resin layer on the substrate. In this step, the photosensitive resin composition according to the present invention is applied onto the substrate. Then, if necessary, it is dried to form a photosensitive resin layer. As the coating method, a method conventionally used for coating a photosensitive resin composition, for example, a method of coating with a spin coater, a bar coater, a blade coater, a curtain coater, a screen printer, etc., or a method of spray coating with a spray coater. method etc. can be used.
 感光性樹脂組成物が塗布される基板は、例えば、その表面に金属配線を有する。金属配線としては、例えば、銅配線、銅合金配線などが挙げられる。金属配線の形成方法としては、特に制限はなく、例えば、従来公知の方法を用いることができる。 The substrate to which the photosensitive resin composition is applied has, for example, metal wiring on its surface. Examples of metal wiring include copper wiring and copper alloy wiring. A method for forming the metal wiring is not particularly limited, and for example, a conventionally known method can be used.
 必要に応じて、感光性樹脂組成物から成る塗膜を乾燥させることができ、そして乾燥方法としては、例えば、風乾、オーブン又はホットプレートによる加熱乾燥、真空乾燥等の方法が用いられる。具体的には、風乾又は加熱乾燥を行う場合、20℃~200℃で1分~1時間の条件で乾燥を行うことができる。以上により基板上に感光性樹脂層を形成できる。 If necessary, the coating film made of the photosensitive resin composition can be dried, and drying methods include, for example, air drying, heat drying using an oven or hot plate, vacuum drying, and the like. Specifically, when air drying or heat drying is performed, drying can be performed at 20° C. to 200° C. for 1 minute to 1 hour. As described above, a photosensitive resin layer can be formed on the substrate.
(2)感光性樹脂層を露光する工程
 本工程では、上記(1)工程で形成した感光性樹脂層を、コンタクトアライナー、ミラープロジェクション、ステッパー等の露光装置を用いて、パターンを有するフォトマスク又はレチクルを介して又は直接に、紫外線光源等により露光する。
 露光の際に使用される光源としては、例えば、g線、h線、i線、ghi線ブロードバンド、及びKrFエキシマレーザーが挙げられる。露光量は25mJ/cm~2000mJ/cmが望ましい。
(2) Step of exposing the photosensitive resin layer In this step, the photosensitive resin layer formed in the above step (1) is exposed using an exposure device such as a contact aligner, mirror projection, stepper, or the like, using a photomask or a patterned photomask. It is exposed to an ultraviolet light source or the like through a reticle or directly.
Light sources used for exposure include, for example, g-line, h-line, i-line, ghi-line broadband, and KrF excimer laser. The exposure amount is desirably 25 mJ/cm 2 to 2000 mJ/cm 2 .
 この後、光感度の向上等の目的で、必要に応じて、任意の温度及び時間の組合せによる露光後ベーク(PEB)及び/又は現像前ベークを施してもよい。ベーク条件の範囲は、温度は50℃~200℃であることが好ましく、時間は10秒~600秒であることが好ましいが、感光性樹脂組成物の諸特性を阻害するものでない限り、この範囲に限らない。 After that, for the purpose of improving photosensitivity, etc., post-exposure baking (PEB) and/or pre-development baking may be performed at any combination of temperature and time, if necessary. As for the baking conditions, the temperature is preferably 50° C. to 200° C., and the time is preferably 10 seconds to 600 seconds. is not limited to
(3)露光後の感光性樹脂層を現像して、レリーフパターンを形成する工程
 本工程では、露光後の感光性樹脂層のうち未露光部を現像除去する。露光(照射)後の感光性樹脂層を現像する現像方法としては、従来知られているフォトレジストの現像方法、例えば、回転スプレー法、パドル法、超音波処理を伴う浸漬法等の中から任意の方法を選択して使用することができる。また、現像の後、現像液を除去する目的でリンスを施してもよい。さらに、レリーフパターンの形状を調整する等の目的で、必要に応じて、任意の温度及び時間の組合せによる現像後ベークを施してもよい。
 現像に使用される現像液としては、有機溶媒が好ましい。有機溶媒としては、例えば、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン、N-シクロヘキシル-2-ピロリドン、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、シクロペンタノン、シクロヘキサノン、γ-ブチロラクトン、α-アセチル-γ-ブチロラクトン等が好ましい。また、各溶媒を2種以上、例えば数種類組合せて用いることもできる。
 リンスに使用されるリンス液としては、現像液と混和し、感光性樹脂組成物に対して溶解性が低い有機溶媒が好ましい。リンス液としては、例えば、メタノール、エタノール、イソプロピルアルコール、乳酸エチル、プロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセテート、トルエン、キシレン等が好ましい。また、各溶媒を2種以上、例えば数種類組合せて用いることもできる。
(3) Step of developing the exposed photosensitive resin layer to form a relief pattern In this step, the unexposed portion of the exposed photosensitive resin layer is removed by development. As a developing method for developing the photosensitive resin layer after exposure (irradiation), any of conventionally known photoresist developing methods such as a rotary spray method, a paddle method, an immersion method accompanied by ultrasonic treatment, and the like can be used. method can be selected and used. After development, rinsing may be performed for the purpose of removing the developer. Furthermore, for the purpose of adjusting the shape of the relief pattern, etc., post-development baking may be performed at any combination of temperature and time, if necessary.
Organic solvents are preferred as the developer used for development. Examples of organic solvents include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-cyclohexyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacetamide, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, γ-butyrolactone, α- Acetyl-γ-butyrolactone and the like are preferred. Moreover, two or more kinds of each solvent can be used, for example, several kinds can be used in combination.
As the rinsing liquid used for rinsing, an organic solvent that is miscible with the developer and has low solubility in the photosensitive resin composition is preferable. Preferred examples of the rinse liquid include methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl lactate, propylene glycol methyl ether acetate, toluene, and xylene. Moreover, two or more kinds of each solvent can be used, for example, several kinds can be used in combination.
(4)レリーフパターンを加熱処理して、硬化レリーフパターンを形成する工程
 本工程では、上記現像により得られたレリーフパターンを加熱して硬化レリーフパターンに変換する。加熱硬化の方法としては、例えば、ホットプレートによるもの、オーブンを用いるもの、温度プログラムを設定できる昇温式オーブンを用いるもの等種々の方法を選ぶことができる。加熱は、例えば、130℃~250℃で30分~5時間の条件で行うことができる。加熱硬化時の雰囲気気体としては空気を用いてもよく、窒素、アルゴン等の不活性ガスを用いることもできる。
(4) Step of Heating Relief Pattern to Form Hardened Relief Pattern In this step, the relief pattern obtained by the development is heated and converted into a hardened relief pattern. As the heat-curing method, various methods can be selected, for example, using a hot plate, using an oven, or using a heating oven capable of setting a temperature program. Heating can be performed, for example, at 130° C. to 250° C. for 30 minutes to 5 hours. Air may be used as the atmospheric gas during heat curing, or an inert gas such as nitrogen or argon may be used.
 硬化レリーフパターンの厚みとしては、特に限定されないが、1μm~100μmが好ましく、2μm~50μmがより好ましい。 Although the thickness of the cured relief pattern is not particularly limited, it is preferably 1 μm to 100 μm, more preferably 2 μm to 50 μm.
(半導体装置)
 実施の形態では、半導体素子と該半導体素子の上部又は下部に設けられた硬化膜とを備える半導体装置も提供される。該硬化膜は、本発明の樹脂組成物から形成される硬化膜である。実施の形態では、樹脂組成物は感光性樹脂組成物であり、該硬化膜は感光性樹脂組成物から形成される硬化レリーフパターンである。硬化レリーフパターンは、例えば、上述した硬化レリーフパターン付き基板の製造方法における工程(1)~(4)により得ることができる。
 また、本発明は、基板として半導体素子を用い、上述した硬化レリーフパターン付き基板の製造方法を工程の一部として含む半導体装置の製造方法にも適用できる。本発明の半導体装置は、硬化レリーフパターンを、表面保護膜、層間絶縁膜、再配線用絶縁膜、フリップチップ装置用保護膜、又はバンプ構造を有する半導体装置の保護膜等として形成し、既知の半導体装置の製造方法と組合せることで製造することができる。
(semiconductor device)
Embodiments also provide a semiconductor device comprising a semiconductor element and a cured film provided over or under the semiconductor element. The cured film is a cured film formed from the resin composition of the present invention. In an embodiment, the resin composition is a photosensitive resin composition and the cured film is a cured relief pattern formed from the photosensitive resin composition. The cured relief pattern can be obtained, for example, by steps (1) to (4) in the method for producing a substrate with a cured relief pattern described above.
The present invention can also be applied to a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device using a semiconductor element as a substrate and including the above-described method of manufacturing a substrate with a cured relief pattern as part of the steps. The semiconductor device of the present invention forms a cured relief pattern as a surface protective film, an interlayer insulating film, a rewiring insulating film, a protective film for a flip chip device, a protective film for a semiconductor device having a bump structure, or the like. It can be manufactured by combining with a manufacturing method of a semiconductor device.
(表示体装置)
 実施の形態では、表示体素子と該表示体素子の上部に設けられた硬化膜とを備える表示体装置であって、該硬化膜は、本発明の樹脂組成物から形成される膜である。実施の形態では、樹脂組成物は感光性樹脂組成物であり、該硬化膜は感光性樹脂組成物から形成される硬化レリーフパターンである。ここで、当該硬化膜(例えば、当該硬化レリーフパターン)は、当該表示体素子に直接接して積層されていてもよく、別の層を間に挟んで積層されていてもよい。例えば、該硬化膜として、TFT(Thin Film Transistor)液晶表示素子及びカラーフィルター素子の表面保護膜、絶縁膜、及び平坦化膜、MVA(Multi-domain Vertical Alignment)型液晶表示装置用の突起、並びに有機EL(Electro-Luminescence)素子陰極用の隔壁を挙げることができる。
(Display device)
In an embodiment, the display device includes a display element and a cured film provided on the display element, wherein the cured film is a film formed from the resin composition of the present invention. In an embodiment, the resin composition is a photosensitive resin composition and the cured film is a cured relief pattern formed from the photosensitive resin composition. Here, the cured film (for example, the cured relief pattern) may be laminated in direct contact with the display element, or may be laminated with another layer interposed therebetween. For example, the cured film includes a surface protective film, an insulating film, and a flattening film for TFT (Thin Film Transistor) liquid crystal display elements and color filter elements, projections for MVA (Multi-domain Vertical Alignment) type liquid crystal display devices, and A partition wall for an organic EL (Electro-Luminescence) element cathode can be mentioned.
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、上記のような半導体装置への適用の他、多層回路の層間絶縁膜、フレキシブル銅張板のカバーコート、ソルダーレジスト膜、及び液晶配向膜等の用途にも有用である。 The resin composition of the present invention is useful not only for application to semiconductor devices as described above, but also for applications such as interlayer insulating films for multilayer circuits, cover coats for flexible copper-clad plates, solder resist films, and liquid crystal alignment films. be.
 次に実施例を挙げ本発明の内容を具体的に説明するが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。 Next, the contents of the present invention will be specifically described with reference to Examples, but the present invention is not limited to these.
 下記合成例に示す重量平均分子量(Mw)は、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(以下、本明細書ではGPCと略称する)による測定結果である。測定には、GPC装置(HLC-8320GPC(東ソー(株)製))を用い、測定条件は以下の通りである。
 ・カラム:Shodex〔登録商標〕KD-805/Shodex〔登録商標〕KD-803(昭和電工(株))
 ・カラム温度:50℃
 ・流量:1mL/分
 ・溶離液:N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド(DMF)、臭化リチウム一水和物(30mM)/リン酸(30mM)/テトラヒドロフラン(1%)
 ・標準試料:ポリエチレンオキシド
The weight-average molecular weight (Mw) shown in the synthesis examples below is the result of measurement by gel permeation chromatography (hereinafter abbreviated as GPC in this specification). For the measurement, a GPC apparatus (HLC-8320GPC (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation)) is used, and the measurement conditions are as follows.
Column: Shodex (registered trademark) KD-805 / Shodex (registered trademark) KD-803 (Showa Denko Co., Ltd.)
・Column temperature: 50°C
・Flow rate: 1 mL/min ・Eluent: N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF), lithium bromide monohydrate (30 mM)/phosphoric acid (30 mM)/tetrahydrofuran (1%)
・Standard sample: polyethylene oxide
 下記合成例に示す化学イミド化率は、以下の方法で算出した。ポリイミド粉末100mgをNMRサンプル管(NMRサンプリングチューブスタンダード,φ5((株)草野科学製)に入れ、重水素化ジメチルスルホキシド(DMSO-d6,0.05%TMS(テトラメチルシラン)混合品)(0.53ml)を添加し、超音波をかけて完全に溶解させた。この溶液をNMR装置(JNM-ECA500)(日本電子(株)製)にて500MHzのプロトンNMRを測定した。化学イミド化率は、イミド化前後で変化しない構造に由来するプロトンを基準プロトンとして決め、このプロトンのピーク積算値と、9.59ppm~11.0ppm付近に現れるアミック酸のNH基に由来するプロトンピーク積算値とを用い以下の式によって求めた。
 化学イミド化率(%)=(1-α・x/y)×100
 上記式において、xはアミック酸のNH基由来のプロトンピーク積算値、yは基準プロトンのピーク積算値、αはポリアミック酸(イミド化率が0%)の場合におけるアミック酸のNH基プロトン1個に対する基準プロトンの個数割合である。
The chemical imidization rates shown in the Synthesis Examples below were calculated by the following method. Put 100 mg of polyimide powder in an NMR sample tube (NMR sampling tube standard, φ5 (manufactured by Kusano Kagaku Co., Ltd.), deuterated dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO-d6, 0.05% TMS (tetramethylsilane) mixture) (0 .53 ml) was added thereto, and ultrasonic waves were applied to completely dissolve it.This solution was subjected to proton NMR at 500 MHz using an NMR apparatus (JNM-ECA500) (manufactured by JEOL Ltd.).Chemical imidization rate Determines the proton derived from the structure that does not change before and after imidization as the reference proton, and the proton peak integrated value derived from the NH group of the amic acid appearing around 9.59 ppm to 11.0 ppm. was obtained by the following formula.
Chemical imidization rate (%) = (1-α x/y) x 100
In the above formula, x is the proton peak integrated value derived from the NH group of the amic acid, y is the peak integrated value of the reference proton, and α is one NH group proton of the amic acid in the case of polyamic acid (imidization rate is 0%). is the number ratio of reference protons to
<合成例1> ポリアミック酸(P-1)の合成
 3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸2-(メタクリロイルオキシ)エチル(BEM-S、三星化学工業(株)製)9.71g、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン35.38g、4-メトキシフェノール0.10g及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン218.35gを空気下、室温で撹拌して溶解させた。その後、4,4’-(4,4’-イソプロピリデンジフェノキシ)ジフタル酸無水物25.13g、9,9-ビス[4-(3,4-ジカルボキシフェノキシ)フェニルフルオレン二酸無水物(BPF-PA、JFEケミカル(株)製)33.74g、及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン93.58gを系内に加え、室温で1時間撹拌した後、50℃で19時間撹拌することでポリアミック酸溶液を得た。得られたポリアミック酸(P-1)のGPCによる重量平均分子量(Mw)は29,554であった。
<Synthesis Example 1> Synthesis of polyamic acid (P-1) 2-(methacryloyloxy)ethyl 3,5-diaminobenzoate (BEM-S, manufactured by Samsung Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.) 9.71 g, 2,2-bis 35.38 g of [4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 0.10 g of 4-methoxyphenol and 218.35 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone were dissolved under air with stirring at room temperature. Then, 25.13 g of 4,4′-(4,4′-isopropylidenediphenoxy) diphthalic anhydride, 9,9-bis[4-(3,4-dicarboxyphenoxy)phenylfluorene diacid anhydride ( BPF-PA (manufactured by JFE Chemical Co., Ltd.) 33.74 g and N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 93.58 g were added to the system, stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, and then stirred at 50° C. for 19 hours to obtain polyamic. An acid solution was obtained. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the obtained polyamic acid (P-1) by GPC was 29,554.
<合成例2> 溶媒可溶型ポリイミド(P-2)の合成
 合成例1で得られたポリアミック酸(P-1)415.9gに、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン623.84g、無水酢酸32.16g及びトリエチルアミン5.31gを加えて、空気下室温で30分撹拌し、その後、60℃で3時間撹拌した。この溶液を、撹拌しているメタノール3,770gにゆっくりと加えた後に10分撹拌し、得られた沈殿物を濾別した。この沈殿物をメタノール3,770gで洗浄した後に、得られた沈殿物を濾別した。さらにこの沈殿物を再度メタノール3,770gで洗浄した後に、得られた沈殿物を濾別し、50℃で減圧乾燥することで、溶媒可溶型ポリイミド(P-2)の粉末を得た。化学イミド化率は95.3%であった。
<Synthesis Example 2> Synthesis of solvent-soluble polyimide (P-2) Polyamic acid (P-1) 415.9 g obtained in Synthesis Example 1, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 623.84 g, acetic anhydride 32 0.16 g and 5.31 g of triethylamine were added and stirred under air at room temperature for 30 minutes, followed by stirring at 60° C. for 3 hours. This solution was slowly added to 3,770 g of stirring methanol and then stirred for 10 minutes, and the resulting precipitate was filtered off. After washing the precipitate with 3,770 g of methanol, the obtained precipitate was filtered off. After washing the precipitate again with 3,770 g of methanol, the resulting precipitate was separated by filtration and dried at 50° C. under reduced pressure to obtain a solvent-soluble polyimide (P-2) powder. The chemical imidization rate was 95.3%.
<合成例3> ポリアミック酸(P-3)の合成
 3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸2-(メタクリロイルオキシ)エチル(BEM-S、三星化学工業(株)製)4.62g、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン16.84g、4-メトキシフェノール0.05g及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン80.9gを空気下、室温で撹拌して溶解させた後、4,4’-(4,4’-イソプロピリデンジフェノキシ)ジフタル酸無水物11.97g、9,9-ビス[4-(3,4-ジカルボキシフェノキシ)フェニルフルオレン二酸無水物(BPF-PA、JFEケミカル(株)製)16.07g及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン34.65gを系内に加え、室温で1時間撹拌した後、40℃で20時間撹拌することでポリアミック酸溶液を得た。得られたポリアミック酸(P-3)のGPCによる重量平均分子量(Mw)は、32,482であった。
<Synthesis Example 3> Synthesis of polyamic acid (P-3) 2-(methacryloyloxy)ethyl 3,5-diaminobenzoate (BEM-S, manufactured by Samsung Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.) 4.62 g, 2,2-bis After dissolving 16.84 g of [4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 0.05 g of 4-methoxyphenol and 80.9 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone under air with stirring at room temperature, 4,4′-(4,4′-isopropylidenediphenoxy) diphthalic anhydride 11.97 g, 9,9-bis[4-(3,4-dicarboxyphenoxy)phenylfluorene diacid anhydride (BPF- PA (manufactured by JFE Chemical Co., Ltd.) 16.07 g and N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 34.65 g were added to the system, stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, and then stirred at 40° C. for 20 hours to obtain a polyamic acid solution. Obtained. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyamic acid (P-3) obtained by GPC was 32,482.
<合成例4> ポリアミック酸(P-4)の合成
 3,5-ジアミノ安息香酸2-(メタクリロイルオキシ)エチル(BEM-S、三星化学工業(株)製)31.78g、4-オクタデシルオキシ-1,3-フェニレンジアミン(DAB-C18、和歌山精化工業(株)製)38.81g、2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]ヘキサフルオロプロパン62.34g及びN-エチル-2-ピロリドン1012.4gを空気下、室温で撹拌して溶解させた後、ドデカヒドロ-5,5’-ビ-2-ベンゾフラン-1,1’3,3’-テトロン(H-BPDA、WeiHai Newera Kesense New Materials社製)31.57gを添加し、40分撹拌した後、2,2’,3,3’,5,5’-ヘキサメチル-[1,1’-ビフェニル]-4,4’-ジイルビス(1,3-ジオキソ-1,3-ジヒドロイソベンゾフラン-5-カルボキシレート)(TMPBP-TME、本州化学工業(株)製)85.00gを添加し、1.5時間撹拌した後、4,4’-(4,4’-イソプロピリデンジフェノキシ)ジフタル酸無水物(SD1100-P:Sabic社製)48.28gを添加し、50℃で20時間撹拌することでポリアミック酸溶液を得た。得られたポリアミック酸(P-4)のGPCによる重量平均分子量(Mw)は29,350であった。
<Synthesis Example 4> Synthesis of polyamic acid (P-4) 2-(methacryloyloxy)ethyl 3,5-diaminobenzoate (BEM-S, manufactured by Samsung Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.) 31.78 g, 4-octadecyloxy- 1,3-phenylenediamine (DAB-C18, manufactured by Wakayama Seika Kogyo Co., Ltd.) 38.81 g, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane 62.34 g and N-ethyl -2-Pyrrolidone 1012.4 g was dissolved by stirring at room temperature under air, and then dodecahydro-5,5'-bi-2-benzofuran-1,1'3,3'-tetron (H-BPDA, WeiHai Newera Kesense New Materials) 31.57 g was added, and after stirring for 40 minutes, 2,2′,3,3′,5,5′-hexamethyl-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4,4′ was added. -Diylbis(1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydroisobenzofuran-5-carboxylate) (TMPBP-TME, manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 85.00 g was added, and after stirring for 1.5 hours, 4,4′-(4,4′-Isopropylidenediphenoxy)diphthalic anhydride (SD1100-P: manufactured by Sabic) (48.28 g) was added and stirred at 50° C. for 20 hours to obtain a polyamic acid solution. rice field. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the obtained polyamic acid (P-4) by GPC was 29,350.
<合成例5> 溶媒可溶型ポリイミド(P-5)の合成
 合成例4で得られたポリアミック酸(P-4)1985.1gに、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン992.6g、無水酢酸105.22g及びトリエチルアミン17.38gを加えて、空気下室温で30分撹拌し、その後、60℃で3時間撹拌した。その後、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン992.6gを添加して希釈した後の溶液のうち、1922gを分取し、撹拌しているメタノール4265gにゆっくりと加え、10分撹拌した後、得られた沈殿物を濾別した。この沈殿物をメタノール1922gで洗浄した後に、得られた沈殿物を濾別した。さらにこの沈殿物を再度メタノール1922gで洗浄した後に、得られた沈殿物を濾別し、60℃で減圧乾燥することで、溶媒可溶型ポリイミド(P-5)の粉末を得た。化学イミド化率は98.6%であった。
<Synthesis Example 5> Synthesis of solvent-soluble polyimide (P-5) Polyamic acid (P-4) 1985.1 g obtained in Synthesis Example 4, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 992.6 g, acetic anhydride 105 0.22 g and 17.38 g of triethylamine were added and stirred under air at room temperature for 30 minutes, followed by stirring at 60° C. for 3 hours. Then, 1922 g of the solution diluted by adding 992.6 g of N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone was taken, slowly added to 4265 g of stirring methanol, and stirred for 10 minutes to obtain The precipitate was filtered off. After washing the precipitate with 1922 g of methanol, the obtained precipitate was filtered off. Further, after the precipitate was washed again with 1922 g of methanol, the resulting precipitate was separated by filtration and dried at 60° C. under reduced pressure to obtain a solvent-soluble polyimide (P-5) powder. The chemical imidization rate was 98.6%.
<合成例6> ポリアミック酸エステル(P-6)の合成
 4,4’-ビフタル酸二無水物(東京化成工業(株)製)200.00g(0.68mol)を2リットル容量の四口フラスコに入れ、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート(Sigma-Aldrich Japan G.K.製)176.92g(1.366mol)とヒドロキノン(東京化成工業(株)製)0.74g(0.007mol)とγ-ブチロラクトン600gを入れて23℃で攪拌し、ピリジン108.63g(1.36mol)を加えた後に50℃まで昇温し、50℃で2時間撹拌することで、下記式で表される化合物を含む溶液を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
<Synthesis Example 6> Synthesis of polyamic acid ester (P-6) 200.00 g (0.68 mol) of 4,4'-biphthalic dianhydride (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) in a 2-liter four-necked flask 176.92 g (1.366 mol) of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (manufactured by Sigma-Aldrich Japan GK), 0.74 g (0.007 mol) of hydroquinone (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and γ-butyrolactone After adding 108.63 g (1.36 mol) of pyridine, the temperature was raised to 50° C. and stirred at 50° C. for 2 hours to obtain a solution containing a compound represented by the following formula: got
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
 得られた溶液82.46gとγ-ブチロラクトン19.45gを500ミリリットル容量の四口フラスコに入れ、N,N’-ジイソプロピルカルボジイミド(DIC、東京化成工業(株)製)13.13gをγ-ブチロラクトン30gに溶解した溶液を攪拌しながら約5℃において0.5時間かけて反応液に滴下し、滴下後、0.5時間撹拌した。続いて2,2-ビス[4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル]プロパン(東京化成工業(株)製)19.68gをN-メチル-2-ピロリジノン30gに溶解したものを攪拌しながら2時間かけて滴下した。その後、約25℃に昇温し、6時間攪拌した後、エタノール4.5gを加えて1時間攪拌した。
 得られた反応混合物を1500gのメタノールに加えて、粗ポリマーから成る沈殿物を生成した。上澄み液をデカンテーションして粗ポリマーを分離し、N-メチル-2-ピロリジノン150.0gに溶解して粗ポリマー溶液を得た。得られた粗ポリマー溶液を2250gの水に滴下してポリマーを沈殿させ、得られた沈殿物を濾別した後、メタノール600gで二回洗浄し、真空乾燥して粉状のポリアミック酸エステル(P-6)を得た。得られたポリアミック酸エステル(P-6)のGPCによる重量平均分子量(Mw)は、8,016であった。収率は73.6%であった。
82.46 g of the resulting solution and 19.45 g of γ-butyrolactone were placed in a 500 mL four-necked flask, and 13.13 g of N,N'-diisopropylcarbodiimide (DIC, manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was added to γ-butyrolactone. A solution dissolved in 30 g was added dropwise to the reaction liquid over 0.5 hours at about 5° C. while stirring, and after dropping, the solution was stirred for 0.5 hours. Subsequently, 19.68 g of 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) dissolved in 30 g of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone was stirred for 2 hours. dripped over. After that, the temperature was raised to about 25° C. and the mixture was stirred for 6 hours, then 4.5 g of ethanol was added and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour.
The resulting reaction mixture was added to 1500 g of methanol to produce a precipitate consisting of crude polymer. The supernatant was decanted to separate the crude polymer, which was dissolved in 150.0 g of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone to obtain a crude polymer solution. The resulting crude polymer solution was dropped into 2250 g of water to precipitate the polymer. The obtained precipitate was filtered off, washed twice with 600 g of methanol, and dried in a vacuum to form a powdery polyamic acid ester (P -6) was obtained. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the obtained polyamic acid ester (P-6) by GPC was 8,016. Yield was 73.6%.
 実施例及び比較例に示す化合物の主なものは下記に示すものである。
 ・NKエステル A-DOD-N:1,10-デカンジオールジアクリレート(新中村化学工業(株)製)
 ・IRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01:1,2-オクタンジオン,1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)](BASFジャパン(株)製)
 ・IRGANOX[登録商標]3114:(1,3,5-トリス(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン(BASFジャパン(株)製)
 ・KBM-5103:3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業(株)製)
 ・BMI-689:1H-ピロール-2,5-ジオン,1,1’-C36-アルキレンビス-(Designer Molecules Inc.製)
Main compounds shown in Examples and Comparative Examples are shown below.
・ NK ester A-DOD-N: 1,10-decanediol diacrylate (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.)
・ IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01: 1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl-, 2-(O-benzoyloxime)] (manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.)
IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114: (1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6(1H,3H , 5H)-trione (manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.)
· KBM-5103: 3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.)
・BMI-689: 1H-pyrrole-2,5-dione, 1,1′-C 36 -alkylenebis- (manufactured by Designer Molecules Inc.)
<実施例1>
 合成例2で得られた溶媒可溶型ポリイミド(P-2)の粉末1.63g、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン3.80g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-DOD-N 0.49g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01 0.081g、及び5-カルボキシベンゾトリアゾール(Sigma-Aldrich Japan G.K.製)0.024gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
<Example 1>
Powder 1.63 g of the solvent-soluble polyimide (P-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 2, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 3.80 g, NK ester A-DOD-N 0.49 g as a cross-linking agent, photoradical After mixing and dissolving 0.081 g of IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 as an initiator and 0.024 g of 5-carboxybenzotriazole (manufactured by Sigma-Aldrich Japan GK), a polypropylene filter with a pore size of 5 μm was used. A negative photosensitive resin composition was prepared by filtering with a filter.
<実施例2>
 合成例2で得られた溶媒可溶型ポリイミド(P-2)の粉末1.63g、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン3.80g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-DOD-N 0.49g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01 0.081g、及び5-カルボキシベンゾトリアゾール(Sigma-Aldrich Japan G.K.製)0.049gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
<Example 2>
Powder 1.63 g of the solvent-soluble polyimide (P-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 2, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 3.80 g, NK ester A-DOD-N 0.49 g as a cross-linking agent, photoradical After mixing and dissolving 0.081 g of IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 as an initiator and 0.049 g of 5-carboxybenzotriazole (manufactured by Sigma-Aldrich Japan GK), a polypropylene filter with a pore size of 5 μm was used. A negative photosensitive resin composition was prepared by filtering with a filter.
<実施例3>
 合成例2で得られた溶媒可溶型ポリイミド(P-2)の粉末1.63g、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン3.80g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-DOD-N 0.49g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01 0.081g、及び5-カルボキシベンゾトリアゾール(Sigma-Aldrich Japan G.K.製)0.081gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
<Example 3>
Powder 1.63 g of the solvent-soluble polyimide (P-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 2, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 3.80 g, NK ester A-DOD-N 0.49 g as a cross-linking agent, photoradical After mixing and dissolving 0.081 g of IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 as an initiator and 0.081 g of 5-carboxybenzotriazole (manufactured by Sigma-Aldrich Japan GK), a polypropylene filter with a pore size of 5 μm was used. A negative photosensitive resin composition was prepared by filtering with a filter.
<実施例4>
 合成例2で得られた溶媒可溶型ポリイミド(P-2)の粉末1.63g、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン3.80g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-DOD-N 0.49g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01 0.081g、5-カルボキシベンゾトリアゾール(Sigma-Aldrich Japan G.K.製)0.024g、及び1,2,3-ベンゾトリアゾール(東京化成工業(株)製)0.024gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
<Example 4>
Powder 1.63 g of the solvent-soluble polyimide (P-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 2, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 3.80 g, NK ester A-DOD-N 0.49 g as a cross-linking agent, photoradical 0.081 g of IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01, 0.024 g of 5-carboxybenzotriazole (manufactured by Sigma-Aldrich Japan GK), and 1,2,3-benzotriazole (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) as initiators ) was mixed with 0.024 g and dissolved, and filtered using a polypropylene filter having a pore size of 5 μm to prepare a negative photosensitive resin composition.
<実施例5>
 合成例2で得られた溶媒可溶型ポリイミド(P-2)の粉末1.63g、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン3.80g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-DOD-N 0.49g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01 0.081g、5-カルボキシベンゾトリアゾール(Sigma-Aldrich Japan G.K.製)0.024g、及びIRGANOX[登録商標]3114 0.024gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
<Example 5>
Powder 1.63 g of the solvent-soluble polyimide (P-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 2, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 3.80 g, NK ester A-DOD-N 0.49 g as a cross-linking agent, photoradical As an initiator, 0.081 g of IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01, 0.024 g of 5-carboxybenzotriazole (manufactured by Sigma-Aldrich Japan GK), and 0.024 g of IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 were mixed and dissolved. After that, by filtering using a polypropylene filter having a pore size of 5 μm, a negative photosensitive resin composition was prepared.
<実施例6>
 合成例2で得られた溶媒可溶型ポリイミド(P-2)の粉末1.63g、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン3.80g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-DOD-N 0.49g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01 0.081g、5-カルボキシベンゾトリアゾール(Sigma-Aldrich Japan G.K.製)0.024g、及び5-メチル-1H-ベンゾトリアゾール(東京化成工業(株)製)0.024gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
<Example 6>
Powder 1.63 g of the solvent-soluble polyimide (P-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 2, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 3.80 g, NK ester A-DOD-N 0.49 g as a cross-linking agent, photoradical As initiators IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 0.081 g, 5-carboxybenzotriazole (manufactured by Sigma-Aldrich Japan GK) 0.024 g, and 5-methyl-1H-benzotriazole (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. ) was mixed with 0.024 g and dissolved, and filtered using a polypropylene filter having a pore size of 5 μm to prepare a negative photosensitive resin composition.
<実施例7>
 合成例2で得られた溶媒可溶型ポリイミド(P-2)の粉末1.63g、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン3.80g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-DOD-N 0.49g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01 0.081g、5-カルボキシベンゾトリアゾール(Sigma-Aldrich Japan G.K.製)0.049g、及びKBM-5103 0.033gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
<Example 7>
Powder 1.63 g of the solvent-soluble polyimide (P-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 2, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 3.80 g, NK ester A-DOD-N 0.49 g as a cross-linking agent, photoradical After mixing and dissolving 0.081 g of IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01, 0.049 g of 5-carboxybenzotriazole (manufactured by Sigma-Aldrich Japan GK), and 0.033 g of KBM-5103 as an initiator, the pore size A negative photosensitive resin composition was prepared by filtering using a 5 μm polypropylene filter.
<実施例8>
 合成例2で得られた溶媒可溶型ポリイミド(P-2)の粉末1.63g、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン3.80g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-DOD-N 0.49g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01 0.081g、5-カルボキシベンゾトリアゾール(Sigma-Aldrich Japan G.K.製)0.049g、及び5-メチル-1H-ベンゾトリアゾール(東京化成工業(株)製)0.024gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
<Example 8>
Powder 1.63 g of the solvent-soluble polyimide (P-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 2, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 3.80 g, NK ester A-DOD-N 0.49 g as a cross-linking agent, photoradical As initiators IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 0.081 g, 5-carboxybenzotriazole (manufactured by Sigma-Aldrich Japan GK) 0.049 g, and 5-methyl-1H-benzotriazole (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. ) was mixed with 0.024 g and dissolved, and filtered using a polypropylene filter having a pore size of 5 μm to prepare a negative photosensitive resin composition.
<実施例9>
 合成例2で得られた溶媒可溶型ポリイミド(P-2)の粉末1.63g、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン3.80g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-DOD-N 0.49g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01 0.081g、5-カルボキシベンゾトリアゾール(Sigma-Aldrich Japan G.K.製)0.049g、及びIRGANOX[登録商標]3114 0.024gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
<Example 9>
Powder 1.63 g of the solvent-soluble polyimide (P-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 2, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 3.80 g, NK ester A-DOD-N 0.49 g as a cross-linking agent, photoradical As an initiator, 0.081 g of IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01, 0.049 g of 5-carboxybenzotriazole (manufactured by Sigma-Aldrich Japan GK), and 0.024 g of IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 were mixed and dissolved. After that, by filtering using a polypropylene filter having a pore size of 5 μm, a negative photosensitive resin composition was prepared.
<実施例10>
 合成例2で得られた溶媒可溶型ポリイミド(P-2)の粉末1.63g、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン3.80g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-DOD-N 0.49g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01 0.081g、及びCBT-SG(4-カルボキシベンゾトリアゾールと5-カルボキシベンゾトリアゾールの混合物、城北化学工業(株)製)0.024gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
<Example 10>
Powder 1.63 g of the solvent-soluble polyimide (P-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 2, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 3.80 g, NK ester A-DOD-N 0.49 g as a cross-linking agent, photoradical 0.081 g of IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 as an initiator and 0.024 g of CBT-SG (a mixture of 4-carboxybenzotriazole and 5-carboxybenzotriazole, manufactured by Johoku Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) were mixed and dissolved. After that, by filtering using a polypropylene filter having a pore size of 5 μm, a negative photosensitive resin composition was prepared.
<実施例11>
 合成例2で得られた溶媒可溶型ポリイミド(P-2)の粉末1.63g、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン3.80g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-DOD-N 0.49g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01 0.081g、及びCBT-SG(4-カルボキシベンゾトリアゾールと5-カルボキシベンゾトリアゾールの混合物、城北化学工業(株)製)0.049gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
<Example 11>
Powder 1.63 g of the solvent-soluble polyimide (P-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 2, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 3.80 g, NK ester A-DOD-N 0.49 g as a cross-linking agent, photoradical 0.081 g of IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 as an initiator and 0.049 g of CBT-SG (a mixture of 4-carboxybenzotriazole and 5-carboxybenzotriazole, manufactured by Johoku Kagaku Kogyo Co., Ltd.) were mixed and dissolved. After that, by filtering using a polypropylene filter having a pore size of 5 μm, a negative photosensitive resin composition was prepared.
<実施例12>
 合成例2で得られた溶媒可溶型ポリイミド(P-2)の粉末1.63g、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン3.80g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-DOD-N 0.49g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01 0.081g、及びCBT-5(5-カルボキシベンゾトリアゾール、城北化学工業(株)製)0.024gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
<Example 12>
Powder 1.63 g of the solvent-soluble polyimide (P-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 2, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 3.80 g, NK ester A-DOD-N 0.49 g as a cross-linking agent, photoradical After mixing and dissolving 0.081 g of IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 as an initiator and 0.024 g of CBT-5 (5-carboxybenzotriazole, manufactured by Johoku Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), a polypropylene filter with a pore size of 5 μm was added. to prepare a negative photosensitive resin composition.
<実施例13>
 合成例2で得られた溶媒可溶型ポリイミド(P-2)の粉末1.63g、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン3.80g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-DOD-N 0.49g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01 0.081g、及びCBT-5(5-カルボキシベンゾトリアゾール、城北化学工業(株)製)0.049gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
<Example 13>
Powder 1.63 g of the solvent-soluble polyimide (P-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 2, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 3.80 g, NK ester A-DOD-N 0.49 g as a cross-linking agent, photoradical After mixing and dissolving 0.081 g of IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 as an initiator and 0.049 g of CBT-5 (5-carboxybenzotriazole, manufactured by Johoku Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), a polypropylene filter with a pore size of 5 μm was added. to prepare a negative photosensitive resin composition.
<実施例14>
 合成例3で得られたポリアミック酸(P-3)を含む溶液(固形分濃度:30質量%)22.44gに架橋剤としてNKエステル A-DOD-N 2.02g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01 0.34g、及び5-カルボキシベンゾトリアゾール(Sigma-Aldrich Japan G.K.製)0.20gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
<Example 14>
NK ester A-DOD-N 2.02 g as a cross-linking agent in 22.44 g of the solution (solid content concentration: 30% by mass) containing the polyamic acid (P-3) obtained in Synthesis Example 3, and IRGACURE as a photoradical initiator. [Registered trademark] 0.34 g of OXE01 and 0.20 g of 5-carboxybenzotriazole (manufactured by Sigma-Aldrich Japan GK) are mixed and dissolved, and then filtered using a polypropylene filter with a pore size of 5 μm. to prepare a negative photosensitive resin composition.
<実施例15>
 合成例5で得られた溶媒可溶型ポリイミド(P-5)3.70gに架橋剤としてNKエステル A-DOD-N 0.56g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01 0.15g、及びCBT-SG(4-カルボキシベンゾトリアゾールと5-カルボキシベンゾトリアゾールの混合物、城北化学工業(株)製)0.056g、KBM-5103(信越化学工業(株)製)0.074g、ビスマレイミド化合物としてBMI-689(Designer Molecules Inc.製)0.22g、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン3.67g、γ-ブチロラクトン4.90g、及びシクロヘキサノン3.67gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
<Example 15>
NK ester A-DOD-N 0.56 g as a cross-linking agent to the solvent-soluble polyimide (P-5) 3.70 g obtained in Synthesis Example 5, IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 0.15 g as a photoradical initiator, and CBT-SG (mixture of 4-carboxybenzotriazole and 5-carboxybenzotriazole, Johoku Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 0.056 g, KBM-5103 (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.074 g, bismaleimide compound As BMI-689 (manufactured by Designer Molecules Inc.) 0.22 g, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 3.67 g, γ-butyrolactone 4.90 g, and cyclohexanone 3.67 g were mixed and dissolved, and then a 5 μm pore size A negative photosensitive resin composition was prepared by filtering using a polypropylene filter.
<実施例16>
 合成例6で得られたポリアミック酸エステル(P-6)の粉末6.34g、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン16.25g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-DOD-N 1.90g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01 0.317g、及び5-カルボキシベンゾトリアゾール(Sigma-Aldrich Japan G.K.製)0.19gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
<Example 16>
Powder 6.34 g of polyamic acid ester (P-6) obtained in Synthesis Example 6, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 16.25 g, NK ester A-DOD-N 1.90 g as a cross-linking agent, photoradical initiator 0.317 g of IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 and 0.19 g of 5-carboxybenzotriazole (manufactured by Sigma-Aldrich Japan GK) were mixed and dissolved, and then filtered using a polypropylene filter with a pore size of 5 μm. By doing so, a negative photosensitive resin composition was prepared.
<比較例1>
 合成例2で得られた溶媒可溶型ポリイミド(P-2)の粉末1.63g、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン3.80g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-DOD-N 0.49g、及び光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01 0.081gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
<Comparative Example 1>
Powder 1.63 g of the solvent-soluble polyimide (P-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 2, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 3.80 g, NK ester A-DOD-N 0.49 g as a cross-linking agent, and light After mixing and dissolving 0.081 g of IRGACURE (registered trademark) OXE01 as a radical initiator, the mixture was filtered using a polypropylene filter having a pore size of 5 μm to prepare a negative photosensitive resin composition.
<比較例2>
 合成例2で得られた溶媒可溶型ポリイミド(P-2)の粉末1.63g、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン3.80g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-DOD-N 0.49g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01 0.081g、及びKBM-5103 0.033gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
<Comparative Example 2>
Powder 1.63 g of the solvent-soluble polyimide (P-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 2, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 3.80 g, NK ester A-DOD-N 0.49 g as a cross-linking agent, photoradical After mixing and dissolving 0.081 g of IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 and 0.033 g of KBM-5103 as initiators, filtering using a polypropylene filter with a pore size of 5 μm gave a negative photosensitive resin composition. was prepared.
<比較例3>
 合成例2で得られた溶媒可溶型ポリイミド(P-2)の粉末1.63g、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン3.80g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-DOD-N 0.49g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01 0.081g、及びIRGANOX[登録商標]3114 0.024gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
<Comparative Example 3>
Powder 1.63 g of the solvent-soluble polyimide (P-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 2, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 3.80 g, NK ester A-DOD-N 0.49 g as a cross-linking agent, photoradical After mixing and dissolving 0.081 g of IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 and 0.024 g of IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 as initiators, filtering using a polypropylene filter with a pore size of 5 μm, negative photosensitive A resin composition was prepared.
<比較例4>
 合成例2で得られた溶媒可溶型ポリイミド(P-2)の粉末1.63g、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン3.80g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-DOD-N 0.49g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01 0.081g、及び5-メチル-1H-ベンゾトリアゾール(東京化成工業(株)製)0.024gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
<Comparative Example 4>
Powder 1.63 g of the solvent-soluble polyimide (P-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 2, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 3.80 g, NK ester A-DOD-N 0.49 g as a cross-linking agent, photoradical 0.081 g of IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 as an initiator and 0.024 g of 5-methyl-1H-benzotriazole (manufactured by Tokyo Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.) were mixed and dissolved, and then a polypropylene filter with a pore size of 5 μm was passed through. A negative photosensitive resin composition was prepared by filtering using.
<比較例5>
 合成例2で得られた溶媒可溶型ポリイミド(P-2)の粉末1.63g、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン3.80g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-DOD-N 0.49g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01 0.081g、及び5-メチル-1H-ベンゾトリアゾール(東京化成工業(株)製)0.049gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
<Comparative Example 5>
Powder 1.63 g of the solvent-soluble polyimide (P-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 2, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 3.80 g, NK ester A-DOD-N 0.49 g as a cross-linking agent, photoradical After mixing and dissolving 0.081 g of IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 and 0.049 g of 5-methyl-1H-benzotriazole (manufactured by Tokyo Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.) as an initiator, a polypropylene filter with a pore size of 5 μm is passed through the filter. A negative photosensitive resin composition was prepared by filtering using.
<比較例6>
 合成例2で得られた溶媒可溶型ポリイミド(P-2)の粉末1.63g、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン3.80g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-DOD-N 0.49g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01 0.081g、5-メチル-1H-ベンゾトリアゾール(東京化成工業(株)製)0.024g、及びIRGANOX[登録商標]3114 0.24gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
<Comparative Example 6>
Powder 1.63 g of the solvent-soluble polyimide (P-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 2, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 3.80 g, NK ester A-DOD-N 0.49 g as a cross-linking agent, photoradical 0.081 g of IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01, 0.024 g of 5-methyl-1H-benzotriazole (manufactured by Tokyo Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.), and 0.24 g of IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 are mixed and dissolved as initiators. After that, it was filtered using a polypropylene filter with a pore size of 5 μm to prepare a negative photosensitive resin composition.
<比較例7>
 合成例2で得られた溶媒可溶型ポリイミド(P-2)の粉末1.63g、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン3.80g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-DOD-N 0.49g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01 0.081g、5-メチル-1H-ベンゾトリアゾール(東京化成工業(株)製)0.049g、及びIRGANOX[登録商標]3114 0.24gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
<Comparative Example 7>
Powder 1.63 g of the solvent-soluble polyimide (P-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 2, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 3.80 g, NK ester A-DOD-N 0.49 g as a cross-linking agent, photoradical 0.081 g of IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01, 0.049 g of 5-methyl-1H-benzotriazole (manufactured by Tokyo Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.) and 0.24 g of IRGANOX [registered trademark] 3114 are mixed and dissolved as initiators. After that, it was filtered using a polypropylene filter with a pore size of 5 μm to prepare a negative photosensitive resin composition.
<比較例8>
 合成例2で得られた溶媒可溶型ポリイミド(P-2)の粉末1.63g、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン3.80g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-DOD-N 0.49g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01 0.081g、及び2,4-ジアミノ-6-ブチルアミノ-1,3,5-トリアジン(東京化成工業(株)製)0.024gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
<Comparative Example 8>
Powder 1.63 g of the solvent-soluble polyimide (P-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 2, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 3.80 g, NK ester A-DOD-N 0.49 g as a cross-linking agent, photoradical 0.081 g of IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 as an initiator and 0.024 g of 2,4-diamino-6-butylamino-1,3,5-triazine (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) were mixed and dissolved. After that, it was filtered using a polypropylene filter with a pore size of 5 μm to prepare a negative photosensitive resin composition.
<比較例9>
 合成例2で得られた溶媒可溶型ポリイミド(P-2)の粉末1.63g、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン3.80g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-DOD-N 0.49g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01 0.081g、及び2,4-ジアミノ-6-ジアリルアミノ-1,3,5-トリアジン(東京化成工業(株)製)0.024gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
<Comparative Example 9>
Powder 1.63 g of the solvent-soluble polyimide (P-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 2, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 3.80 g, NK ester A-DOD-N 0.49 g as a cross-linking agent, photoradical 0.081 g of IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 as an initiator and 0.024 g of 2,4-diamino-6-diallylamino-1,3,5-triazine (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) were mixed and dissolved. After that, it was filtered using a polypropylene filter with a pore size of 5 μm to prepare a negative photosensitive resin composition.
<比較例10>
 合成例2で得られた溶媒可溶型ポリイミド(P-2)の粉末1.63g、N-エチル-2-ピロリドン3.80g、架橋剤としてNKエステル A-DOD-N 0.49g、光ラジカル開始剤としてIRGACURE[登録商標]OXE01 0.081g、及び6-(ジブチルアミノ)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4-ジチオール(東京化成工業(株)製)0.024gを混合して溶解させた後、孔径5μmのポリプロピレン製フィルターを用いてろ過することで、ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を調製した。
<Comparative Example 10>
Powder 1.63 g of the solvent-soluble polyimide (P-2) obtained in Synthesis Example 2, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone 3.80 g, NK ester A-DOD-N 0.49 g as a cross-linking agent, photoradical 0.081 g of IRGACURE [registered trademark] OXE01 as an initiator and 0.024 g of 6-(dibutylamino)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4-dithiol (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) were mixed. After dissolution, a negative photosensitive resin composition was prepared by filtering using a polypropylene filter having a pore size of 5 μm.
〔密着力評価〕
 Cuを1.5μmの厚さに蒸着した8インチシリコンウェハを1cm×1cmにカットした。このシリコンウェハを10%硫酸で1分間洗浄し、純水で30秒洗浄したのち乾燥し、実施例1乃至実施例16及び比較例1乃至比較例10で調製したネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を塗布した。115℃、270秒間、仮焼成することで基板(Cuが蒸着されたシリコンウェハ)上に22μmの感光性樹脂膜を形成した。次にi線アライナー(PLA-501、キヤノン(株)製)を用いて500mJ/cmで全面露光した後、高温クリーンオーブン(CLH-21CD(V)-S、光洋サーモシステム(株))を用いて窒素雰囲気中で230℃、2時間焼成した。次に信頼性試験として空気下で125℃・24時間、30℃・湿度60%・168時間、次いでリフロー処理として窒素雰囲気下で昇温を含む260℃・1秒間処理を3回実施し、最後に高加速寿命試験(EHS-212MD、エスペック(株)製)にて130℃・湿度85%・蒸気圧230kPa・192時間で処理した。その後、エポキシ接着剤付きスタッドピンを樹脂膜表面に接着し、ROMURUS V(米国Quad Group社)を用いてスタッドプル剥離強度測定を実施し、Cu表面と樹脂膜との密着力を評価した。また別途、信頼性試験を実施していない基板(樹脂膜を形成した基板)も用意し、同様にそれぞれスタッドプル剥離強度測定を実施した。試験後の剥離界面を観察し、信頼性試験前後でどちらもエポキシ接着剤の凝集破壊で剥離した場合、もしくはエポキシ接着剤と樹脂膜表面との界面で剥離した場合を密着力良好として「〇」、信頼性試験前後でどちらか一方でも感光性樹脂膜とCuとの界面で剥離した場合を密着力不良として「×」と表記した。結果を表1-1及び表1-2に示す。
[Adhesion evaluation]
An 8-inch silicon wafer on which Cu was evaporated to a thickness of 1.5 μm was cut into 1 cm×1 cm. The silicon wafer was washed with 10% sulfuric acid for 1 minute, washed with pure water for 30 seconds, and then dried. applied. A photosensitive resin film of 22 μm was formed on the substrate (a silicon wafer on which Cu was vapor-deposited) by calcining at 115° C. for 270 seconds. Next, the entire surface was exposed at 500 mJ/cm 2 using an i-line aligner (PLA-501, manufactured by Canon Inc.), and then placed in a high-temperature clean oven (CLH-21CD(V)-S, Koyo Thermo Systems Inc.). and sintered at 230° C. for 2 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere. Next, as a reliability test, 125° C./24 hours in air, 30° C./60% humidity, 168 hours, and then, as reflow treatment, 260° C./1 second treatment including temperature rise was performed three times in a nitrogen atmosphere. 192 hours at 130° C., 85% humidity, 230 kPa steam pressure, and a highly accelerated life test (EHS-212MD, manufactured by ESPEC Co., Ltd.). After that, a stud pin with an epoxy adhesive was adhered to the surface of the resin film, and stud pull peel strength was measured using ROMURUS V (Quad Group, USA) to evaluate the adhesion between the Cu surface and the resin film. Separately, substrates (substrates on which a resin film was formed) that had not undergone the reliability test were also prepared, and stud-pull peel strength measurements were similarly conducted on each substrate. Observing the peeling interface after the test, if the peeling occurred due to the cohesive failure of the epoxy adhesive before and after the reliability test, or if the peeling occurred at the interface between the epoxy adhesive and the resin film surface, the adhesive strength was evaluated as "○". , and the case where peeling occurred at the interface between the photosensitive resin film and Cu on either side before and after the reliability test was indicated as "x" as poor adhesion. The results are shown in Tables 1-1 and 1-2.
〔酸化防止能評価〕
 下地がPI(ポリイミド)でその上に高さ5μm、幅10μmL/SのCu配線を有する評価用テスト基板(1cm×1cm)を10%硫酸で1分間洗浄し、純水で30秒洗浄したのち乾燥した。この基板に実施例1乃至実施例16及び比較例1乃至比較例10で調製したネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を〔密着力評価〕と同条件で塗布し、115℃、270秒仮焼成することで感光性樹脂膜を形成した。
 次に、i線アライナー(PLA-501、キヤノン(株)製)を用いて500mJ/cmで全面露光した。次いで高温クリーンオーブン(CLH-21CD(V)-S、光洋サーモシステム(株))を用いて窒素雰囲気中、230℃・2時間焼成した。次いで信頼性試験として空気下で125℃・24時間、30℃・湿度60%・168時間、リフロー処理として窒素雰囲気下で昇温を含む260℃・1秒間処理を3回実施し、最後に高加速寿命試験(EHS-212MD、エスペック(株)製)にて130℃・湿度85%・蒸気圧230kPa・192時間で処理したのち、FIB-SEM(日本エフイー・アイ(株)製)で評価用テスト基板のCu配線上をカットしSEMで断面観察を行った。信頼性試験によって形成されたCu配線上の酸化膜の厚みが比較例1(73.7nm)よりも薄かったものを良好な結果として「〇」、厚かったものを不良として「×」と表記した。結果を表1に示す。
[Evaluation of antioxidant ability]
A test substrate for evaluation (1 cm × 1 cm) having a base of PI (polyimide) and a Cu wiring having a height of 5 µm and a width of 10 µmL/S was washed with 10% sulfuric acid for 1 minute and then washed with pure water for 30 seconds. Dried. The negative photosensitive resin compositions prepared in Examples 1 to 16 and Comparative Examples 1 to 10 were applied to this substrate under the same conditions as in [Evaluation of Adhesion], and calcined at 115°C for 270 seconds. to form a photosensitive resin film.
Next, the entire surface was exposed at 500 mJ/cm 2 using an i-line aligner (PLA-501, manufactured by Canon Inc.). Then, using a high-temperature clean oven (CLH-21CD(V)-S, Koyo Thermo Systems Co., Ltd.), it was baked in a nitrogen atmosphere at 230° C. for 2 hours. Next, as a reliability test, 125° C./24 hours, 30° C./60% humidity, 168 hours in air, 260° C./1 second treatment including temperature rise was performed three times as reflow treatment in a nitrogen atmosphere. After treatment with an accelerated life test (EHS-212MD, manufactured by ESPEC Co., Ltd.) at 130 ° C., humidity of 85%, vapor pressure of 230 kPa, and 192 hours, FIB-SEM (manufactured by Japan FI Co., Ltd.) for evaluation. A cut was made on the Cu wiring of the test substrate, and the cross section was observed with an SEM. If the thickness of the oxide film on the Cu wiring formed by the reliability test was thinner than that of Comparative Example 1 (73.7 nm), it was indicated as a good result with "◯", and if it was thicker, it was indicated with "×" as a bad result. . Table 1 shows the results.
〔電気特性評価〕
 実施例1乃至実施例15及び比較例1乃至比較例10で調製したネガ型感光性樹脂組成物を20μm厚のアルミニウム箔を被覆させた4インチシリコンウェハ上にスピンコートし、ホットプレート上で115℃、270秒間焼成することで、アルミニウム箔上に約22μmの感光性樹脂膜を形成した。得られた感光性樹脂膜上にi線アライナー(PLA-501、キヤノン(株)製)を用いて、前記ウェハ上に500mJ/cmで全面露光した後、高温クリーンオーブン(CLH-21CD(V)-S、光洋サーモシステム(株))を用いて、窒素雰囲気中、230℃、2時間焼成した。さらに、焼成したアルミニウム箔を6N塩酸に浸漬し、アルミニウム箔を溶解させることで、フィルムを得た。得られたフィルムを乾燥させ、60GHzにおける誘電正接をスプリットシリンダー共振器で測定した。誘電正接の測定条件は以下の通りである。
 ・測定方法:スプリットシリンダー共振器
 ・ベクトルネットワークアナライザー:FieldFox N9926A(キーサイト・テクノロジーズ(株)製)
 ・共振器:CR-760(EMラボ(株)製)
 ・測定周波数:約60GHz
 本測定によって得られた誘電正接の値が比較例1(0.0087)以下だったものを良好な結果として「〇」、比較例1よりも大きい場合を不良として「×」と表記した。結果を表1-1及び表1-2に示す。
[Evaluation of electrical characteristics]
The negative photosensitive resin compositions prepared in Examples 1 to 15 and Comparative Examples 1 to 10 were spin-coated onto a 4-inch silicon wafer coated with an aluminum foil having a thickness of 20 μm, and heated at 115 degrees on a hot plate. C. for 270 seconds to form a photosensitive resin film of about 22 .mu.m on the aluminum foil. Using an i-line aligner (PLA-501, manufactured by Canon Inc.) on the obtained photosensitive resin film, the entire surface of the wafer was exposed at 500 mJ/cm 2 , and then a high-temperature clean oven (CLH-21CD (V )-S, manufactured by Koyo Thermo Systems Co., Ltd.) and calcined in a nitrogen atmosphere at 230° C. for 2 hours. Furthermore, the film was obtained by immersing the baked aluminum foil in 6N hydrochloric acid to dissolve the aluminum foil. The obtained film was dried and the dielectric loss tangent at 60 GHz was measured with a split cylinder resonator. The dielectric loss tangent measurement conditions are as follows.
・Measurement method: Split cylinder resonator ・Vector network analyzer: FieldFox N9926A (manufactured by Keysight Technologies Inc.)
・Resonator: CR-760 (manufactured by EM Lab Co., Ltd.)
・Measurement frequency: about 60 GHz
When the dielectric loss tangent value obtained by this measurement was equal to or less than Comparative Example 1 (0.0087), the result was indicated as "Good", and when the value was greater than Comparative Example 1, the result was indicated as "Poor". The results are shown in Tables 1-1 and 1-2.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000033
 表1-1及び表1-2の結果から、実施例1乃至実施例16のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物から得られた樹脂膜はすべて良好な密着性であった。また実施例1乃至実施例16のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物から得られた樹脂膜が形成されたCu配線は、比較例1のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物から得られた樹脂膜が形成されたCu配線よりも信頼性試験後の酸化膜の厚さが薄く、良好な信頼性であることが確認された。さらに実施例1乃至実施例15のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物から得られたフィルムは、比較例1のネガ型感光性樹脂組成物から得られたフィルム以下の誘電正接を示した。

 
From the results in Tables 1-1 and 1-2, all the resin films obtained from the negative photosensitive resin compositions of Examples 1 to 16 had good adhesion. Moreover, the resin film obtained from the negative photosensitive resin composition of Comparative Example 1 was formed on the Cu wiring on which the resin film obtained from the negative photosensitive resin composition of Examples 1 to 16 was formed. It was confirmed that the thickness of the oxide film after the reliability test was thinner than that of the Cu wiring, and that the reliability was good. Furthermore, the films obtained from the negative photosensitive resin compositions of Examples 1 to 15 exhibited a dielectric loss tangent lower than that of the film obtained from the negative photosensitive resin composition of Comparative Example 1.

Claims (23)

  1.  ポリイミド、ポリベンゾオキサゾール及びこれらの前駆体よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも一つの樹脂、下記式(A)で表される化合物、及び溶媒を含む、樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    [式(A)中、Rは水素原子、水酸基、メチロール基、又は炭素原子数1~30のアルキル基を表す。Rは炭素原子数1~30のアルキル基を表す。mは0~3の整数を表し、nは1~4の整数を表し、mとnの合計の最大は4である。]
    A resin composition comprising at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimide, polybenzoxazole and precursors thereof, a compound represented by the following formula (A), and a solvent.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    [In the formula (A), R a represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a methylol group, or an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. R b represents an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. m represents an integer of 0 to 3, n represents an integer of 1 to 4, and the maximum sum of m and n is 4. ]
  2.  前記樹脂が、ポリイミド、及びその前駆体よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも一つの樹脂である請求項1に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the resin is at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimides and precursors thereof.
  3.  前記樹脂が、下記式(1-a)及び下記式(1-b-1)で表される構造単位を有するポリイミド又は下記式(3)及び下記式(1-b-2)で表される構造単位を有するポリイミド前駆体である、請求項1に記載の樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    [式(1-a)及び式(1-b-1)中、Arは4価の有機基を表し、X11は光重合性基を有する2価の有機基を表す。
     式(3)及び式(1-b-2)中、Arは4価の有機基を表し、L及びLはそれぞれ独立して1価の有機基を表し、X12は2価の有機基を表し、L、L及びX12のうち少なくとも一つは光重合性基を有する。]
    The resin is a polyimide having a structural unit represented by the following formula (1-a) and the following formula (1-b-1) or represented by the following formula (3) and the following formula (1-b-2) The resin composition according to claim 1, which is a polyimide precursor having structural units.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    [In formulas (1-a) and (1-b-1), Ar 1 represents a tetravalent organic group, and X 11 represents a divalent organic group having a photopolymerizable group.
    In formulas (3) and (1-b-2), Ar 3 represents a tetravalent organic group, L 1 and L 2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group, and X 12 represents a divalent represents an organic group, and at least one of L 1 , L 2 and X 12 has a photopolymerizable group. ]
  4.  前記樹脂が、下記式(9-a)で表される2価の有機基を有する、請求項1に記載の樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    [式(9-a)中、Vは直接結合、エーテル結合、エステル結合、アミド結合、ウレタン結合、又はウレア結合を表し、Wは酸素原子又はNH基を表し、R15は直接結合、又は水酸基で置換されていてもよい炭素原子数2~6のアルキレン基を表し、R16は水素原子又はメチル基を表し、*は結合手を表す。]
    The resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the resin has a divalent organic group represented by the following formula (9-a).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    [In formula (9-a), V 1 represents a direct bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, an amide bond, a urethane bond, or a urea bond, W 1 represents an oxygen atom or an NH group, R 15 represents a direct bond, or represents an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a hydroxyl group, R 16 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and * represents a bond. ]
  5.  前記式(9-a)におけるVがエステル結合を表し、さらにWが酸素原子を表す請求項4に記載の樹脂組成物。 5. The resin composition according to claim 4, wherein V 1 in formula (9-a) represents an ester bond and W 1 represents an oxygen atom.
  6.  前記式(9-a)におけるR15が1,2-エチレン基を表す請求項4に記載の樹脂組成物。 5. The resin composition according to claim 4, wherein R 15 in formula (9-a) represents a 1,2-ethylene group.
  7.  前記式(A)におけるRが水素原子を表す請求項1に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 1, wherein Ra in formula (A) represents a hydrogen atom.
  8.  前記式(A)におけるmが0を表す請求項1に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 1, wherein m in the formula (A) represents 0.
  9.  前記式(A)で表される化合物が、1H-ベンゾトリアゾール-5-カルボン酸及び1H-ベンゾトリアゾール-4-カルボン酸の少なくともいずれかを含む、請求項1に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the compound represented by formula (A) contains at least one of 1H-benzotriazole-5-carboxylic acid and 1H-benzotriazole-4-carboxylic acid.
  10.  さらに光ラジカル重合開始剤を含む請求項1に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 1, further comprising a photoradical polymerization initiator.
  11.  さらに架橋性化合物を含む請求項1に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 1, further comprising a crosslinkable compound.
  12.  絶縁膜形成用である請求項1に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 1, which is for forming an insulating film.
  13.  感光性樹脂組成物である請求項1に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 1, which is a photosensitive resin composition.
  14.  ネガ型感光性樹脂組成物である請求項1に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 1, which is a negative photosensitive resin composition.
  15.  請求項1から14のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物の塗布膜の焼成物である樹脂膜。 A resin film which is a baked product of the coating film of the resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 14.
  16.  絶縁膜である請求項15に記載の樹脂膜。 The resin film according to claim 15, which is an insulating film.
  17.  基材フィルムと、請求項13又は14に記載の樹脂組成物から形成される感光性樹脂層と、カバーフィルムとを有する感光性レジストフィルム。 A photosensitive resist film comprising a base film, a photosensitive resin layer formed from the resin composition according to claim 13 or 14, and a cover film.
  18.  (1)請求項13又は14に記載の樹脂組成物を基板上に塗布して、感光性樹脂層を該基板上に形成する工程と、
     (2)該感光性樹脂層を露光する工程と、
     (3)該露光後の感光性樹脂層を現像して、レリーフパターンを形成する工程と、
     (4)該レリーフパターンを加熱処理して、硬化レリーフパターンを形成する工程と、
    を含む、硬化レリーフパターン付き基板の製造方法。
    (1) applying the resin composition according to claim 13 or 14 onto a substrate to form a photosensitive resin layer on the substrate;
    (2) exposing the photosensitive resin layer;
    (3) developing the exposed photosensitive resin layer to form a relief pattern;
    (4) heat-treating the relief pattern to form a cured relief pattern;
    A method of manufacturing a cured relief patterned substrate, comprising:
  19.  前記(1)工程において、前記樹脂組成物が、表面に金属配線を有する前記基板に塗布される請求項18に記載の硬化レリーフパターン付き基板の製造方法。 The method for producing a cured relief patterned substrate according to claim 18, wherein in the step (1), the resin composition is applied to the substrate having metal wiring on its surface.
  20.  前記現像に用いられる現像液が有機溶媒である請求項18に記載の硬化レリーフパターン付き基板の製造方法。 The method for manufacturing a cured relief patterned substrate according to claim 18, wherein the developer used for the development is an organic solvent.
  21.  請求項18に記載の方法により製造された硬化レリーフパターン付き基板。 A substrate with a cured relief pattern manufactured by the method according to claim 18.
  22.  半導体素子と該半導体素子の上部又は下部に設けられた硬化膜とを備える半導体装置であって、該硬化膜は請求項1から14のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物から形成される硬化膜である半導体装置。 A semiconductor device comprising a semiconductor element and a cured film provided above or below the semiconductor element, wherein the cured film is a cured film formed from the resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 14. A certain semiconductor device.
  23.  前記樹脂組成物が感光性樹脂組成物であり、
     前記硬化膜が、前記感光性樹脂組成物から形成される硬化レリーフパターンである請求項22に記載の半導体装置。

     
    The resin composition is a photosensitive resin composition,
    23. The semiconductor device according to claim 22, wherein said cured film is a cured relief pattern formed from said photosensitive resin composition.

PCT/JP2022/043286 2021-12-09 2022-11-24 Resin composition WO2023106101A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2021-199946 2021-12-09
JP2021199946 2021-12-09

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023106101A1 true WO2023106101A1 (en) 2023-06-15

Family

ID=86730366

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2022/043286 WO2023106101A1 (en) 2021-12-09 2022-11-24 Resin composition

Country Status (2)

Country Link
TW (1) TW202338002A (en)
WO (1) WO2023106101A1 (en)

Citations (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH09208697A (en) * 1996-01-30 1997-08-12 Hitachi Chem Co Ltd Production of polymeric compound
JPH1095848A (en) * 1996-06-17 1998-04-14 Hitachi Ltd Photosensitive polyimide precursor composition and method for forming pattern by using the same
JPH1124266A (en) * 1997-07-04 1999-01-29 Hitachi Chem Co Ltd Photosensitive resin composition and production of relief pattern by using the same
JP2003340963A (en) * 2002-05-29 2003-12-02 Mitsui Chemicals Inc Polyimide copper-clad laminate using extra-thin copper foil and its manufacturing method
JP2012153800A (en) * 2011-01-26 2012-08-16 Nitto Denko Corp Paste composition, and wiring circuit board
JP2015219491A (en) * 2014-05-21 2015-12-07 日立化成デュポンマイクロシステムズ株式会社 Polyimide precursor, photosensitive resin composition containing the polyimide precursor, and cured-pattern-film manufacturing method and semiconductor device using the same
WO2016021648A1 (en) * 2014-08-08 2016-02-11 三井化学株式会社 Seal composition and production method for semiconductor device
WO2019139028A1 (en) * 2018-01-10 2019-07-18 日産化学株式会社 Resin composition for insulating film
JP2019197227A (en) * 2016-03-31 2019-11-14 旭化成株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, method for manufacturing cured relief pattern and semiconductor device
JP2020045385A (en) * 2018-09-14 2020-03-26 旭化成株式会社 Resin composition, laminate, and cured film
WO2020080207A1 (en) * 2018-10-15 2020-04-23 日産化学株式会社 Photosensitive insulating film composition
WO2021132578A1 (en) * 2019-12-27 2021-07-01 富士フイルム株式会社 Curable resin composition, cured film, layered product, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device

Patent Citations (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH09208697A (en) * 1996-01-30 1997-08-12 Hitachi Chem Co Ltd Production of polymeric compound
JPH1095848A (en) * 1996-06-17 1998-04-14 Hitachi Ltd Photosensitive polyimide precursor composition and method for forming pattern by using the same
JPH1124266A (en) * 1997-07-04 1999-01-29 Hitachi Chem Co Ltd Photosensitive resin composition and production of relief pattern by using the same
JP2003340963A (en) * 2002-05-29 2003-12-02 Mitsui Chemicals Inc Polyimide copper-clad laminate using extra-thin copper foil and its manufacturing method
JP2012153800A (en) * 2011-01-26 2012-08-16 Nitto Denko Corp Paste composition, and wiring circuit board
JP2015219491A (en) * 2014-05-21 2015-12-07 日立化成デュポンマイクロシステムズ株式会社 Polyimide precursor, photosensitive resin composition containing the polyimide precursor, and cured-pattern-film manufacturing method and semiconductor device using the same
WO2016021648A1 (en) * 2014-08-08 2016-02-11 三井化学株式会社 Seal composition and production method for semiconductor device
JP2019197227A (en) * 2016-03-31 2019-11-14 旭化成株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, method for manufacturing cured relief pattern and semiconductor device
WO2019139028A1 (en) * 2018-01-10 2019-07-18 日産化学株式会社 Resin composition for insulating film
JP2020045385A (en) * 2018-09-14 2020-03-26 旭化成株式会社 Resin composition, laminate, and cured film
WO2020080207A1 (en) * 2018-10-15 2020-04-23 日産化学株式会社 Photosensitive insulating film composition
WO2021132578A1 (en) * 2019-12-27 2021-07-01 富士フイルム株式会社 Curable resin composition, cured film, layered product, method for producing cured film, and semiconductor device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW202338002A (en) 2023-10-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7131557B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition
JP7327410B2 (en) Polyamic acid ester resin composition
WO2022202098A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition
WO2020066315A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, layered product, production method for cured product, and semiconductor device
WO2019139028A1 (en) Resin composition for insulating film
JP7331860B2 (en) Photosensitive insulating film composition
JP2023156304A (en) Photosensitive insulation film composition
JP7332076B1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition for insulating film formation
WO2023106101A1 (en) Resin composition
WO2021117586A1 (en) Photosensitive insulating film-forming composition
WO2023106108A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition
TWI827467B (en) Photosensitive resin composition for insulating film formation
WO2021070232A1 (en) Polyimide precursor, resin composition, photosensitive resin composition, method for manufacturing patterned cured film, cured film, interlayer insulating film, cover coat layer, surface-protective film, and electronic component
WO2023106104A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition
JP2023127745A (en) Photosensitive resin composition
JP2023086715A (en) Photosensitive resin composition, method for manufacturing cured relief pattern, and semiconductor device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22904032

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1